1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis 11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction 12 // variables in loops. 13 // 14 // There are several aspects to this library. First is the representation of 15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class. 16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we 17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so 18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal. 19 // 20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even 21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node). If 22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial 23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we 24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node. 25 // 26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also 27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a 28 // particular expression. These folders are capable of using a variety of 29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions. 30 // 31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting 32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various 33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc. 34 // 35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement 36 // dependence analysis! 37 // 38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 39 // 40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis. 41 // 42 // Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation 43 // of closed-form functions 44 // Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima 45 // 46 // On computational properties of chains of recurrences 47 // Eugene V. Zima 48 // 49 // Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization 50 // Robert A. van Engelen 51 // 52 // Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers 53 // Robert A. van Engelen 54 // 55 // Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and 56 // induction variable substitution 57 // MS Thesis, Johnie Birch 58 // 59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 60 61 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h" 62 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 63 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 64 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 65 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" 66 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" 67 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" 68 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" 69 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h" 70 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h" 71 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" 72 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" 73 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h" 74 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" 75 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 76 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" 77 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" 78 #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" 79 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h" 80 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" 81 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h" 82 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" 83 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" 84 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" 85 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" 86 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" 87 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" 88 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 89 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 90 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 91 #include <algorithm> 92 using namespace llvm; 93 94 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution" 95 96 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts, 97 "Number of trip counts computed with array length"); 98 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed, 99 "Number of loops with predictable loop counts"); 100 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed, 101 "Number of loops without predictable loop counts"); 102 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed, 103 "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force"); 104 105 static cl::opt<unsigned> 106 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden, 107 cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will " 108 "symbolically execute a constant " 109 "derived loop"), 110 cl::init(100)); 111 112 // FIXME: Enable this with XDEBUG when the test suite is clean. 113 static cl::opt<bool> 114 VerifySCEV("verify-scev", 115 cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)")); 116 117 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution", 118 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true) 119 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker) 120 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass) 121 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) 122 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass) 123 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution", 124 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true) 125 char ScalarEvolution::ID = 0; 126 127 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 128 // SCEV class definitions 129 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 130 131 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 132 // Implementation of the SCEV class. 133 // 134 135 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) 136 void SCEV::dump() const { 137 print(dbgs()); 138 dbgs() << '\n'; 139 } 140 #endif 141 142 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const { 143 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) { 144 case scConstant: 145 cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false); 146 return; 147 case scTruncate: { 148 const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this); 149 const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand(); 150 OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 151 << *Trunc->getType() << ")"; 152 return; 153 } 154 case scZeroExtend: { 155 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this); 156 const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand(); 157 OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 158 << *ZExt->getType() << ")"; 159 return; 160 } 161 case scSignExtend: { 162 const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this); 163 const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand(); 164 OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 165 << *SExt->getType() << ")"; 166 return; 167 } 168 case scAddRecExpr: { 169 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this); 170 OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0); 171 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 172 OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i); 173 OS << "}<"; 174 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW)) 175 OS << "nuw><"; 176 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW)) 177 OS << "nsw><"; 178 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) && 179 !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW))) 180 OS << "nw><"; 181 AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 182 OS << ">"; 183 return; 184 } 185 case scAddExpr: 186 case scMulExpr: 187 case scUMaxExpr: 188 case scSMaxExpr: { 189 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this); 190 const char *OpStr = nullptr; 191 switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) { 192 case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break; 193 case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break; 194 case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break; 195 case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break; 196 } 197 OS << "("; 198 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 199 I != E; ++I) { 200 OS << **I; 201 if (std::next(I) != E) 202 OS << OpStr; 203 } 204 OS << ")"; 205 switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) { 206 case scAddExpr: 207 case scMulExpr: 208 if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW)) 209 OS << "<nuw>"; 210 if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW)) 211 OS << "<nsw>"; 212 } 213 return; 214 } 215 case scUDivExpr: { 216 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this); 217 OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")"; 218 return; 219 } 220 case scUnknown: { 221 const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this); 222 Type *AllocTy; 223 if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) { 224 OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")"; 225 return; 226 } 227 if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) { 228 OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")"; 229 return; 230 } 231 232 Type *CTy; 233 Constant *FieldNo; 234 if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) { 235 OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", "; 236 FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false); 237 OS << ")"; 238 return; 239 } 240 241 // Otherwise just print it normally. 242 U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false); 243 return; 244 } 245 case scCouldNotCompute: 246 OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***"; 247 return; 248 } 249 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 250 } 251 252 Type *SCEV::getType() const { 253 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) { 254 case scConstant: 255 return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType(); 256 case scTruncate: 257 case scZeroExtend: 258 case scSignExtend: 259 return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType(); 260 case scAddRecExpr: 261 case scMulExpr: 262 case scUMaxExpr: 263 case scSMaxExpr: 264 return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType(); 265 case scAddExpr: 266 return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType(); 267 case scUDivExpr: 268 return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType(); 269 case scUnknown: 270 return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType(); 271 case scCouldNotCompute: 272 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 273 } 274 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 275 } 276 277 bool SCEV::isZero() const { 278 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 279 return SC->getValue()->isZero(); 280 return false; 281 } 282 283 bool SCEV::isOne() const { 284 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 285 return SC->getValue()->isOne(); 286 return false; 287 } 288 289 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const { 290 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 291 return SC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue(); 292 return false; 293 } 294 295 /// isNonConstantNegative - Return true if the specified scev is negated, but 296 /// not a constant. 297 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const { 298 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this); 299 if (!Mul) return false; 300 301 // If there is a constant factor, it will be first. 302 const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0)); 303 if (!SC) return false; 304 305 // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V). 306 return SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative(); 307 } 308 309 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() : 310 SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {} 311 312 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) { 313 return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute; 314 } 315 316 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) { 317 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 318 ID.AddInteger(scConstant); 319 ID.AddPointer(V); 320 void *IP = nullptr; 321 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 322 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V); 323 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 324 return S; 325 } 326 327 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) { 328 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val)); 329 } 330 331 const SCEV * 332 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) { 333 IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty)); 334 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned)); 335 } 336 337 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 338 unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 339 : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {} 340 341 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 342 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 343 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) { 344 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 345 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 346 "Cannot truncate non-integer value!"); 347 } 348 349 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 350 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 351 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) { 352 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 353 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 354 "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!"); 355 } 356 357 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 358 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 359 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) { 360 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 361 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 362 "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!"); 363 } 364 365 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() { 366 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps. 367 SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this); 368 369 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map. 370 SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this); 371 372 // Release the value. 373 setValPtr(nullptr); 374 } 375 376 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) { 377 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps. 378 SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this); 379 380 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map. 381 SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this); 382 383 // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed 384 // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to 385 // this SCEVUnknown. 386 setValPtr(New); 387 } 388 389 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const { 390 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 391 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 392 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 393 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 394 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() && 395 CE->getNumOperands() == 2) 396 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1))) 397 if (CI->isOne()) { 398 AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType()) 399 ->getElementType(); 400 return true; 401 } 402 403 return false; 404 } 405 406 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const { 407 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 408 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 409 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 410 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 411 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) { 412 Type *Ty = 413 cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); 414 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) 415 if (!STy->isPacked() && 416 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 && 417 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) { 418 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2))) 419 if (CI->isOne() && 420 STy->getNumElements() == 2 && 421 STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) { 422 AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1); 423 return true; 424 } 425 } 426 } 427 428 return false; 429 } 430 431 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const { 432 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 433 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 434 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 435 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 436 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 && 437 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() && 438 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) { 439 Type *Ty = 440 cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); 441 // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't 442 // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors. 443 if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) { 444 CTy = Ty; 445 FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2); 446 return true; 447 } 448 } 449 450 return false; 451 } 452 453 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 454 // SCEV Utilities 455 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 456 457 namespace { 458 /// SCEVComplexityCompare - Return true if the complexity of the LHS is less 459 /// than the complexity of the RHS. This comparator is used to canonicalize 460 /// expressions. 461 class SCEVComplexityCompare { 462 const LoopInfo *const LI; 463 public: 464 explicit SCEVComplexityCompare(const LoopInfo *li) : LI(li) {} 465 466 // Return true or false if LHS is less than, or at least RHS, respectively. 467 bool operator()(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const { 468 return compare(LHS, RHS) < 0; 469 } 470 471 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or 472 // greater than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive 473 // comparisons to be more efficient. 474 int compare(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const { 475 // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check. 476 if (LHS == RHS) 477 return 0; 478 479 // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType(). 480 unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType(); 481 if (LType != RType) 482 return (int)LType - (int)RType; 483 484 // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering 485 // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent, 486 // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions. 487 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) { 488 case scUnknown: { 489 const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS); 490 const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS); 491 492 // Sort SCEVUnknown values with some loose heuristics. TODO: This is 493 // not as complete as it could be. 494 const Value *LV = LU->getValue(), *RV = RU->getValue(); 495 496 // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander 497 // form GEPs. 498 bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(), 499 RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy(); 500 if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer) 501 return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer; 502 503 // Compare getValueID values. 504 unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), 505 RID = RV->getValueID(); 506 if (LID != RID) 507 return (int)LID - (int)RID; 508 509 // Sort arguments by their position. 510 if (const Argument *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) { 511 const Argument *RA = cast<Argument>(RV); 512 unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo(); 513 return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo; 514 } 515 516 // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand 517 // count. This is pretty loose. 518 if (const Instruction *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) { 519 const Instruction *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV); 520 521 // Compare loop depths. 522 const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(), 523 *RParent = RInst->getParent(); 524 if (LParent != RParent) { 525 unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent), 526 RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent); 527 if (LDepth != RDepth) 528 return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth; 529 } 530 531 // Compare the number of operands. 532 unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(), 533 RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands(); 534 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 535 } 536 537 return 0; 538 } 539 540 case scConstant: { 541 const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS); 542 const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS); 543 544 // Compare constant values. 545 const APInt &LA = LC->getValue()->getValue(); 546 const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue(); 547 unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth(); 548 if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth) 549 return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth; 550 return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1; 551 } 552 553 case scAddRecExpr: { 554 const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 555 const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS); 556 557 // Compare addrec loop depths. 558 const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop(); 559 if (LLoop != RLoop) { 560 unsigned LDepth = LLoop->getLoopDepth(), 561 RDepth = RLoop->getLoopDepth(); 562 if (LDepth != RDepth) 563 return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth; 564 } 565 566 // Addrec complexity grows with operand count. 567 unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands(); 568 if (LNumOps != RNumOps) 569 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 570 571 // Lexicographically compare. 572 for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) { 573 long X = compare(LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i)); 574 if (X != 0) 575 return X; 576 } 577 578 return 0; 579 } 580 581 case scAddExpr: 582 case scMulExpr: 583 case scSMaxExpr: 584 case scUMaxExpr: { 585 const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS); 586 const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS); 587 588 // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions. 589 unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands(); 590 if (LNumOps != RNumOps) 591 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 592 593 for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) { 594 if (i >= RNumOps) 595 return 1; 596 long X = compare(LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i)); 597 if (X != 0) 598 return X; 599 } 600 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 601 } 602 603 case scUDivExpr: { 604 const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS); 605 const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS); 606 607 // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions. 608 long X = compare(LC->getLHS(), RC->getLHS()); 609 if (X != 0) 610 return X; 611 return compare(LC->getRHS(), RC->getRHS()); 612 } 613 614 case scTruncate: 615 case scZeroExtend: 616 case scSignExtend: { 617 const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS); 618 const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS); 619 620 // Compare cast expressions by operand. 621 return compare(LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand()); 622 } 623 624 case scCouldNotCompute: 625 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 626 } 627 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 628 } 629 }; 630 } 631 632 /// GroupByComplexity - Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their 633 /// complexity, and group objects of the same complexity together by value. 634 /// When this routine is finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are 635 /// consecutive and that complexity is monotonically increasing. 636 /// 637 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic 638 /// results from this routine. In other words, we don't want the results of 639 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to 640 /// land in memory. 641 /// 642 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 643 LoopInfo *LI) { 644 if (Ops.size() < 2) return; // Noop 645 if (Ops.size() == 2) { 646 // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple. 647 // Special case it. 648 const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1]; 649 if (SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)(RHS, LHS)) 650 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 651 return; 652 } 653 654 // Do the rough sort by complexity. 655 std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)); 656 657 // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same 658 // complexity. Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to 659 // be extremely short in practice. Note that we take this approach because we 660 // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping. 661 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) { 662 const SCEV *S = Ops[i]; 663 unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType(); 664 665 // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this 666 // one, group them. 667 for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) { 668 if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate. 669 // Move it to immediately after i'th element. 670 std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]); 671 ++i; // no need to rescan it. 672 if (i == e-2) return; // Done! 673 } 674 } 675 } 676 } 677 678 namespace { 679 struct FindSCEVSize { 680 int Size; 681 FindSCEVSize() : Size(0) {} 682 683 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 684 ++Size; 685 // Keep looking at all operands of S. 686 return true; 687 } 688 bool isDone() const { 689 return false; 690 } 691 }; 692 } 693 694 // Returns the size of the SCEV S. 695 static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) { 696 FindSCEVSize F; 697 SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F); 698 ST.visitAll(S); 699 return F.Size; 700 } 701 702 namespace { 703 704 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> { 705 public: 706 // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by 707 // Denominator. 708 static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator, 709 const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient, 710 const SCEV **Remainder) { 711 assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV"); 712 713 SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator); 714 715 // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the 716 // rest of the code. 717 if (Numerator == Denominator) { 718 *Quotient = D.One; 719 *Remainder = D.Zero; 720 return; 721 } 722 723 if (Numerator->isZero()) { 724 *Quotient = D.Zero; 725 *Remainder = D.Zero; 726 return; 727 } 728 729 // Split the Denominator when it is a product. 730 if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<const SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) { 731 const SCEV *Q, *R; 732 *Quotient = Numerator; 733 for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) { 734 divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R); 735 *Quotient = Q; 736 737 // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of 738 // the Denominator. 739 if (!R->isZero()) { 740 *Quotient = D.Zero; 741 *Remainder = Numerator; 742 return; 743 } 744 } 745 *Remainder = D.Zero; 746 return; 747 } 748 749 D.visit(Numerator); 750 *Quotient = D.Quotient; 751 *Remainder = D.Remainder; 752 } 753 754 // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide 755 // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation. 756 void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {} 757 void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {} 758 void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {} 759 void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {} 760 void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {} 761 void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {} 762 void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {} 763 void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {} 764 765 void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) { 766 if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) { 767 APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getValue()->getValue(); 768 APInt DenominatorVal = D->getValue()->getValue(); 769 uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(); 770 uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth(); 771 772 if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW) 773 DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW); 774 else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW) 775 NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW); 776 777 APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0); 778 APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0); 779 APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal); 780 Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal); 781 Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal); 782 return; 783 } 784 } 785 786 void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) { 787 const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR; 788 assert(Numerator->isAffine() && "Numerator should be affine"); 789 divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR); 790 divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR); 791 Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(), 792 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags()); 793 Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(), 794 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags()); 795 } 796 797 void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) { 798 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs; 799 Type *Ty = Denominator->getType(); 800 801 for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) { 802 const SCEV *Q, *R; 803 divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R); 804 805 // Bail out if types do not match. 806 if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType()) { 807 Quotient = Zero; 808 Remainder = Numerator; 809 return; 810 } 811 812 Qs.push_back(Q); 813 Rs.push_back(R); 814 } 815 816 if (Qs.size() == 1) { 817 Quotient = Qs[0]; 818 Remainder = Rs[0]; 819 return; 820 } 821 822 Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs); 823 Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs); 824 } 825 826 void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) { 827 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs; 828 Type *Ty = Denominator->getType(); 829 830 bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false; 831 for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) { 832 // Bail out if types do not match. 833 if (Ty != Op->getType()) { 834 Quotient = Zero; 835 Remainder = Numerator; 836 return; 837 } 838 839 if (FoundDenominatorTerm) { 840 Qs.push_back(Op); 841 continue; 842 } 843 844 // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands. 845 const SCEV *Q, *R; 846 divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R); 847 if (!R->isZero()) { 848 Qs.push_back(Op); 849 continue; 850 } 851 852 // Bail out if types do not match. 853 if (Ty != Q->getType()) { 854 Quotient = Zero; 855 Remainder = Numerator; 856 return; 857 } 858 859 FoundDenominatorTerm = true; 860 Qs.push_back(Q); 861 } 862 863 if (FoundDenominatorTerm) { 864 Remainder = Zero; 865 if (Qs.size() == 1) 866 Quotient = Qs[0]; 867 else 868 Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs); 869 return; 870 } 871 872 if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)) { 873 Quotient = Zero; 874 Remainder = Numerator; 875 return; 876 } 877 878 // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator. 879 ValueToValueMap RewriteMap; 880 RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] = 881 cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue(); 882 Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true); 883 884 if (Remainder->isZero()) { 885 // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator. 886 RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] = 887 cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue(); 888 Quotient = 889 SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true); 890 return; 891 } 892 893 // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator. 894 const SCEV *Q, *R; 895 const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder); 896 if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator)) { 897 // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here. 898 Quotient = Zero; 899 Remainder = Numerator; 900 return; 901 } 902 divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R); 903 assert(R == Zero && 904 "(Numerator - Remainder) should evenly divide Denominator"); 905 Quotient = Q; 906 } 907 908 private: 909 SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator, 910 const SCEV *Denominator) 911 : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) { 912 Zero = SE.getConstant(Denominator->getType(), 0); 913 One = SE.getConstant(Denominator->getType(), 1); 914 915 // By default, we don't know how to divide Expr by Denominator. 916 // Providing the default here simplifies the rest of the code. 917 Quotient = Zero; 918 Remainder = Numerator; 919 } 920 921 ScalarEvolution &SE; 922 const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One; 923 }; 924 925 } 926 927 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 928 // Simple SCEV method implementations 929 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 930 931 /// BinomialCoefficient - Compute BC(It, K). The result has width W. 932 /// Assume, K > 0. 933 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K, 934 ScalarEvolution &SE, 935 Type *ResultTy) { 936 // Handle the simplest case efficiently. 937 if (K == 1) 938 return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy); 939 940 // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K): 941 // 942 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K! 943 // 944 // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value. We must be prepared for 945 // overflow. Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is 946 // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W. Unfortunately, division isn't 947 // safe in modular arithmetic. 948 // 949 // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses 950 // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in 951 // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is 952 // exponentiation: 953 // 954 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T) 955 // 956 // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula. However, 957 // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently. The trick is that 958 // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular 959 // arithmetic. To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have 960 // to do is multiply by the inverse. Therefore, this step can be done at 961 // width W. 962 // 963 // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T. The way this 964 // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T 965 // bits. This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then, 966 // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift 967 // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate. Extra bits are okay; they'll get 968 // truncated out after the division by 2^T. 969 // 970 // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique 971 // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits, 972 // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires 973 // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts. 974 // 975 // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation 976 // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows, 977 // the result must be zero anyway. We prefer here to do it in the width of 978 // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen 979 // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less 980 // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native 981 // register width. 982 // 983 // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before 984 // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as 985 // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires 986 // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets 987 // much more complicated for K > 3.) 988 989 // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative, 990 // but it probably doesn't matter. 991 if (K > 1000) 992 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 993 994 unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy); 995 996 // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before 997 // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow. 998 // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom 999 // W bits of the result. 1000 APInt OddFactorial(W, 1); 1001 unsigned T = 1; 1002 for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) { 1003 APInt Mult(W, i); 1004 unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros(); 1005 T += TwoFactors; 1006 Mult = Mult.lshr(TwoFactors); 1007 OddFactorial *= Mult; 1008 } 1009 1010 // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step 1011 unsigned CalculationBits = W + T; 1012 1013 // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W. 1014 APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T); 1015 1016 // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T; 1017 // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by 1018 // K! / 2^T. 1019 APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1); 1020 APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1); 1021 MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod); 1022 MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W); 1023 1024 // Calculate the product, at width T+W 1025 IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(), 1026 CalculationBits); 1027 const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy); 1028 for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) { 1029 const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i)); 1030 Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend, 1031 SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy)); 1032 } 1033 1034 // Divide by 2^T 1035 const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor)); 1036 1037 // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T. 1038 1039 return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor), 1040 SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy)); 1041 } 1042 1043 /// evaluateAtIteration - Return the value of this chain of recurrences at 1044 /// the specified iteration number. We can evaluate this recurrence by 1045 /// multiplying each element in the chain by the binomial coefficient 1046 /// corresponding to it. In other words, we can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as: 1047 /// 1048 /// A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3) 1049 /// 1050 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient. 1051 /// 1052 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It, 1053 ScalarEvolution &SE) const { 1054 const SCEV *Result = getStart(); 1055 for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 1056 // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the 1057 // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial 1058 // coefficient. 1059 const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType()); 1060 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff)) 1061 return Coeff; 1062 1063 Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff)); 1064 } 1065 return Result; 1066 } 1067 1068 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1069 // SCEV Expression folder implementations 1070 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1071 1072 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1073 Type *Ty) { 1074 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1075 "This is not a truncating conversion!"); 1076 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1077 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1078 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1079 1080 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1081 ID.AddInteger(scTruncate); 1082 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1083 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1084 void *IP = nullptr; 1085 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1086 1087 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1088 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1089 return getConstant( 1090 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1091 1092 // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x) 1093 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) 1094 return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty); 1095 1096 // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing 1097 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op)) 1098 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty); 1099 1100 // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing 1101 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1102 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1103 1104 // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can 1105 // eliminate all the truncates. 1106 if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) { 1107 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1108 bool hasTrunc = false; 1109 for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) { 1110 const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty); 1111 hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S); 1112 Operands.push_back(S); 1113 } 1114 if (!hasTrunc) 1115 return getAddExpr(Operands); 1116 UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP); // Mutates IP, returns NULL. 1117 } 1118 1119 // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can 1120 // eliminate all the truncates. 1121 if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) { 1122 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1123 bool hasTrunc = false; 1124 for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) { 1125 const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty); 1126 hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S); 1127 Operands.push_back(S); 1128 } 1129 if (!hasTrunc) 1130 return getMulExpr(Operands); 1131 UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP); // Mutates IP, returns NULL. 1132 } 1133 1134 // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands. 1135 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) { 1136 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1137 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 1138 Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(AddRec->getOperand(i), Ty)); 1139 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 1140 } 1141 1142 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse 1143 // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have 1144 // made any changes which would invalidate it. 1145 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1146 Op, Ty); 1147 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1148 return S; 1149 } 1150 1151 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1152 Type *Ty) { 1153 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1154 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1155 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1156 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1157 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1158 1159 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1160 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1161 return getConstant( 1162 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1163 1164 // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x) 1165 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1166 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1167 1168 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already 1169 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty. 1170 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1171 ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend); 1172 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1173 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1174 void *IP = nullptr; 1175 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1176 1177 // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x) 1178 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1179 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If 1180 // so, we should be able to simplify this further. 1181 const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand(); 1182 ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X); 1183 unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType()); 1184 unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1185 if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains( 1186 CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits))) 1187 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty); 1188 } 1189 1190 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value 1191 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the 1192 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like 1193 // this: for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; } 1194 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) 1195 if (AR->isAffine()) { 1196 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1197 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this); 1198 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1199 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1200 1201 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow, 1202 // we don't need to do any further analysis. 1203 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW)) 1204 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1205 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1206 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1207 1208 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute. 1209 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are 1210 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is 1211 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that 1212 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result 1213 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will 1214 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge 1215 // that value once it has finished. 1216 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 1217 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) { 1218 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for 1219 // overflow. 1220 1221 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to 1222 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned. 1223 const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount = 1224 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType()); 1225 const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = 1226 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType()); 1227 if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) { 1228 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1229 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow. 1230 const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step); 1231 const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul), WideTy); 1232 const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy); 1233 const SCEV *WideMaxBECount = 1234 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy); 1235 const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = 1236 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1237 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1238 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1239 if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1240 // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1241 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW); 1242 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1243 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1244 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1245 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1246 } 1247 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed. 1248 // This covers loops that count down. 1249 OperandExtendedAdd = 1250 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1251 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1252 getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1253 if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1254 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1255 // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap. 1256 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW); 1257 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1258 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1259 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1260 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value 1265 // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison 1266 // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison 1267 // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe. 1268 if (isKnownPositive(Step)) { 1269 const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) - 1270 getUnsignedRange(Step).getUnsignedMax()); 1271 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) || 1272 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) && 1273 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 1274 AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) { 1275 // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1276 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW); 1277 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1278 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1279 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1280 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1281 } 1282 } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) { 1283 const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - 1284 getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin()); 1285 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) || 1286 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) && 1287 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, 1288 AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) { 1289 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1290 // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap. 1291 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW); 1292 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1293 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1294 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1295 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1296 } 1297 } 1298 } 1299 } 1300 1301 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. 1302 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated. 1303 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1304 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1305 Op, Ty); 1306 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1307 return S; 1308 } 1309 1310 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause 1311 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does 1312 // not exceed this limit before incrementing. 1313 static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step, 1314 ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred, 1315 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1316 unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType()); 1317 if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) { 1318 *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 1319 return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) - 1320 SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMax()); 1321 } 1322 if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) { 1323 *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 1324 return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - 1325 SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin()); 1326 } 1327 return nullptr; 1328 } 1329 1330 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed wrap. Typically, if we can 1331 // prove NSW for AR, then we can just as easily prove NSW for its preincrement 1332 // or postincrement sibling. This allows normalizing a sign extended AddRec as 1333 // such: {sext(Step + Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext(Start),+,Step} As a 1334 // result, the expression "Step + sext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with 1335 // "sext(PostIncAR)" 1336 static const SCEV *getPreStartForSignExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, 1337 Type *Ty, 1338 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1339 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1340 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1341 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE); 1342 1343 // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry. 1344 const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start); 1345 if (!SA) 1346 return nullptr; 1347 1348 // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV 1349 // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty 1350 // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list. 1351 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps; 1352 for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands()) 1353 if (Op != Step) 1354 DiffOps.push_back(Op); 1355 1356 if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands()) 1357 return nullptr; 1358 1359 // This is a postinc AR. Check for overflow on the preinc recurrence using the 1360 // same three conditions that getSignExtendedExpr checks. 1361 1362 // 1. NSW flags on the step increment. 1363 const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, SA->getNoWrapFlags()); 1364 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>( 1365 SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)); 1366 1367 if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) 1368 return PreStart; 1369 1370 // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression. 1371 unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1372 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1373 const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart = 1374 SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSignExtendExpr(PreStart, WideTy), 1375 SE->getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)); 1376 if (SE->getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy) == OperandExtendedStart) { 1377 // Cache knowledge of PreAR NSW. 1378 if (PreAR) 1379 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1380 // FIXME: this optimization needs a unit test 1381 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SCEV: untested prestart overflow check\n"); 1382 return PreStart; 1383 } 1384 1385 // 3. Loop precondition. 1386 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred; 1387 const SCEV *OverflowLimit = getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE); 1388 1389 if (OverflowLimit && 1390 SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit)) { 1391 return PreStart; 1392 } 1393 return nullptr; 1394 } 1395 1396 // Get the normalized sign-extended expression for this AddRec's Start. 1397 static const SCEV *getSignExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, 1398 Type *Ty, 1399 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1400 const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForSignExtend(AR, Ty, SE); 1401 if (!PreStart) 1402 return SE->getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty); 1403 1404 return SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty), 1405 SE->getSignExtendExpr(PreStart, Ty)); 1406 } 1407 1408 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1409 Type *Ty) { 1410 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1411 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1412 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1413 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1414 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1415 1416 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1417 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1418 return getConstant( 1419 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1420 1421 // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x) 1422 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op)) 1423 return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty); 1424 1425 // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x) 1426 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1427 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1428 1429 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already 1430 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty. 1431 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1432 ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend); 1433 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1434 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1435 void *IP = nullptr; 1436 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1437 1438 // If the input value is provably positive, build a zext instead. 1439 if (isKnownNonNegative(Op)) 1440 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1441 1442 // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x) 1443 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1444 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If 1445 // so, we should be able to simplify this further. 1446 const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand(); 1447 ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X); 1448 unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType()); 1449 unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1450 if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains( 1451 CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits))) 1452 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty); 1453 } 1454 1455 // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2 1456 if (auto SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) { 1457 if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) { 1458 auto SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0)); 1459 auto SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1)); 1460 if (SMul && SC1) { 1461 if (auto SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) { 1462 const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue(); 1463 const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue(); 1464 if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && 1465 C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2()) 1466 return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(SC1, Ty), 1467 getSignExtendExpr(SMul, Ty)); 1468 } 1469 } 1470 } 1471 } 1472 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value 1473 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the 1474 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like 1475 // this: for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; } 1476 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) 1477 if (AR->isAffine()) { 1478 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1479 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this); 1480 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1481 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1482 1483 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow, 1484 // we don't need to do any further analysis. 1485 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) 1486 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1487 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1488 L, SCEV::FlagNSW); 1489 1490 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute. 1491 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are 1492 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is 1493 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that 1494 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result 1495 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will 1496 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge 1497 // that value once it has finished. 1498 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 1499 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) { 1500 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for 1501 // overflow. 1502 1503 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to 1504 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned. 1505 const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount = 1506 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType()); 1507 const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = 1508 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType()); 1509 if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) { 1510 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1511 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow. 1512 const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step); 1513 const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul), WideTy); 1514 const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy); 1515 const SCEV *WideMaxBECount = 1516 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy); 1517 const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = 1518 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1519 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1520 getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1521 if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1522 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1523 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1524 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1525 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1526 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1527 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1528 } 1529 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned. 1530 // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step. 1531 OperandExtendedAdd = 1532 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1533 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1534 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1535 if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1536 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1537 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1538 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1539 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1540 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1541 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1542 } 1543 } 1544 1545 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value 1546 // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison 1547 // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison 1548 // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe. 1549 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred; 1550 const SCEV *OverflowLimit = getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this); 1551 if (OverflowLimit && 1552 (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) || 1553 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Start, OverflowLimit) && 1554 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), 1555 OverflowLimit)))) { 1556 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec. 1557 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1558 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1559 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1560 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1561 } 1562 } 1563 // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this 1564 // transformation: 1565 // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2 1566 auto SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start); 1567 auto SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step); 1568 if (SC1 && SC2) { 1569 const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue(); 1570 const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue(); 1571 if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) && 1572 C2.isPowerOf2()) { 1573 Start = getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty); 1574 const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(AR->getType(), 0), Step, 1575 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1576 return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExpr(NewAR, Ty)); 1577 } 1578 } 1579 } 1580 1581 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. 1582 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated. 1583 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1584 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1585 Op, Ty); 1586 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1587 return S; 1588 } 1589 1590 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with 1591 /// unspecified bits out to the given type. 1592 /// 1593 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1594 Type *Ty) { 1595 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1596 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1597 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1598 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1599 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1600 1601 // Sign-extend negative constants. 1602 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1603 if (SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative()) 1604 return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1605 1606 // Peel off a truncate cast. 1607 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1608 const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand(); 1609 if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 1610 return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty); 1611 return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty); 1612 } 1613 1614 // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it. 1615 const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1616 if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt)) 1617 return ZExt; 1618 1619 // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it. 1620 const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1621 if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt)) 1622 return SExt; 1623 1624 // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec. 1625 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) { 1626 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops; 1627 for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands()) 1628 Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty)); 1629 return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW); 1630 } 1631 1632 // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value. 1633 if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op)) 1634 return SExt; 1635 1636 // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value. 1637 return ZExt; 1638 } 1639 1640 /// CollectAddOperandsWithScales - Process the given Ops list, which is 1641 /// a list of operands to be added under the given scale, update the given 1642 /// map. This is a helper function for getAddRecExpr. As an example of 1643 /// what it does, given a sequence of operands that would form an add 1644 /// expression like this: 1645 /// 1646 /// m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r) 1647 /// 1648 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values: 1649 /// 1650 /// (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0) 1651 /// 1652 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant. 1653 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this: 1654 /// 1655 /// 13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B) 1656 /// 1657 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in 1658 /// the original operand list. 1659 /// 1660 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities 1661 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in 1662 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and 1663 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion. 1664 /// 1665 static bool 1666 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M, 1667 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps, 1668 APInt &AccumulatedConstant, 1669 const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands, 1670 const APInt &Scale, 1671 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 1672 bool Interesting = false; 1673 1674 // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first. 1675 unsigned i = 0; 1676 while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) { 1677 ++i; 1678 // Pull a buried constant out to the outside. 1679 if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero()) 1680 Interesting = true; 1681 AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getValue()->getValue(); 1682 } 1683 1684 // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies 1685 // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop. 1686 for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) { 1687 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]); 1688 if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) { 1689 APInt NewScale = 1690 Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue(); 1691 if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) { 1692 // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse. 1693 const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1)); 1694 Interesting |= 1695 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant, 1696 Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(), 1697 NewScale, SE); 1698 } else { 1699 // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update 1700 // the map. 1701 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end()); 1702 const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps); 1703 std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair = 1704 M.insert(std::make_pair(Key, NewScale)); 1705 if (Pair.second) { 1706 NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first); 1707 } else { 1708 Pair.first->second += NewScale; 1709 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate 1710 // a folding opportunity. 1711 Interesting = true; 1712 } 1713 } 1714 } else { 1715 // An ordinary operand. Update the map. 1716 std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair = 1717 M.insert(std::make_pair(Ops[i], Scale)); 1718 if (Pair.second) { 1719 NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first); 1720 } else { 1721 Pair.first->second += Scale; 1722 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate 1723 // a folding opportunity. 1724 Interesting = true; 1725 } 1726 } 1727 } 1728 1729 return Interesting; 1730 } 1731 1732 namespace { 1733 struct APIntCompare { 1734 bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const { 1735 return LHS.ult(RHS); 1736 } 1737 }; 1738 } 1739 1740 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and 1741 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior. Infer a more aggressive set of 1742 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible. 1743 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags 1744 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type, 1745 const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 1746 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OldFlags) { 1747 using namespace std::placeholders; 1748 1749 bool CanAnalyze = 1750 Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr; 1751 (void)CanAnalyze; 1752 assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!"); 1753 1754 int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW; 1755 SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap = 1756 ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(OldFlags, SignOrUnsignMask); 1757 1758 // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW. 1759 auto IsKnownNonNegative = 1760 std::bind(std::mem_fn(&ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative), SE, _1); 1761 1762 if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && 1763 std::all_of(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), IsKnownNonNegative)) 1764 return ScalarEvolution::setFlags(OldFlags, 1765 (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask); 1766 1767 return OldFlags; 1768 } 1769 1770 /// getAddExpr - Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if 1771 /// possible. 1772 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 1773 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 1774 assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) && 1775 "only nuw or nsw allowed"); 1776 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!"); 1777 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1778 #ifndef NDEBUG 1779 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 1780 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 1781 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 1782 "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!"); 1783 #endif 1784 1785 Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags); 1786 1787 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 1788 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 1789 1790 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 1791 unsigned Idx = 0; 1792 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 1793 ++Idx; 1794 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 1795 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 1796 // We found two constants, fold them together! 1797 Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getValue()->getValue() + 1798 RHSC->getValue()->getValue()); 1799 if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0]; 1800 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 1801 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 1802 } 1803 1804 // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off. 1805 if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) { 1806 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 1807 --Idx; 1808 } 1809 1810 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1811 } 1812 1813 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than 1814 // once. If so, merge them together into an multiply expression. Since we 1815 // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent. 1816 Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType(); 1817 bool FoundMatch = false; 1818 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i) 1819 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) { // X + Y + Y --> X + Y*2 1820 // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are. 1821 unsigned Count = 2; 1822 while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i]) 1823 ++Count; 1824 // Merge the values into a multiply. 1825 const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count); 1826 const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i]); 1827 if (Ops.size() == Count) 1828 return Mul; 1829 Ops[i] = Mul; 1830 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count); 1831 --i; e -= Count - 1; 1832 FoundMatch = true; 1833 } 1834 if (FoundMatch) 1835 return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags); 1836 1837 // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same 1838 // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be 1839 // folded. eg., trunc(x) + m*trunc(n) --> trunc(x + trunc(m)*n) 1840 // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple. 1841 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 1842 const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 1843 Type *DstType = Trunc->getType(); 1844 Type *SrcType = Trunc->getOperand()->getType(); 1845 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps; 1846 bool Ok = true; 1847 // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the 1848 // source type of the truncate. 1849 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) { 1850 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) { 1851 if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) { 1852 Ok = false; 1853 break; 1854 } 1855 LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand()); 1856 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) { 1857 LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType)); 1858 } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) { 1859 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps; 1860 for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) { 1861 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = 1862 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) { 1863 if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) { 1864 Ok = false; 1865 break; 1866 } 1867 LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand()); 1868 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = 1869 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) { 1870 LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType)); 1871 } else { 1872 Ok = false; 1873 break; 1874 } 1875 } 1876 if (Ok) 1877 LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps)); 1878 } else { 1879 Ok = false; 1880 break; 1881 } 1882 } 1883 if (Ok) { 1884 // Evaluate the expression in the larger type. 1885 const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags); 1886 // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't. 1887 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold)) 1888 return getTruncateExpr(Fold, DstType); 1889 } 1890 } 1891 1892 // Skip past any other cast SCEVs. 1893 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr) 1894 ++Idx; 1895 1896 // If there are add operands they would be next. 1897 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 1898 bool DeletedAdd = false; 1899 while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 1900 // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands 1901 // list. 1902 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 1903 Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end()); 1904 DeletedAdd = true; 1905 } 1906 1907 // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list, 1908 // and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and resimplify 1909 // any operands we just acquired. 1910 if (DeletedAdd) 1911 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1912 } 1913 1914 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply. 1915 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr) 1916 ++Idx; 1917 1918 // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with 1919 // operands multiplied by constant values. 1920 if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 1921 uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1922 DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M; 1923 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps; 1924 APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0); 1925 if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant, 1926 Ops.data(), Ops.size(), 1927 APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) { 1928 // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to 1929 // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale, 1930 // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times. 1931 std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists; 1932 for (SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *>::const_iterator I = NewOps.begin(), 1933 E = NewOps.end(); I != E; ++I) 1934 MulOpLists[M.find(*I)->second].push_back(*I); 1935 // Re-generate the operands list. 1936 Ops.clear(); 1937 if (AccumulatedConstant != 0) 1938 Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant)); 1939 for (std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare>::iterator 1940 I = MulOpLists.begin(), E = MulOpLists.end(); I != E; ++I) 1941 if (I->first != 0) 1942 Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(getConstant(I->first), 1943 getAddExpr(I->second))); 1944 if (Ops.empty()) 1945 return getConstant(Ty, 0); 1946 if (Ops.size() == 1) 1947 return Ops[0]; 1948 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1949 } 1950 } 1951 1952 // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the 1953 // something is not already an operand of the multiply. If so, merge it into 1954 // the multiply. 1955 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 1956 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 1957 for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) { 1958 const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp); 1959 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV)) 1960 continue; 1961 for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp) 1962 if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) { 1963 // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z) --> W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1)) 1964 const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0); 1965 if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 1966 // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the 1967 // Y*Z term. 1968 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(), 1969 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp); 1970 MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end()); 1971 InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps); 1972 } 1973 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Ty, 1); 1974 const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(One, InnerMul); 1975 const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV); 1976 if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul; 1977 if (AddOp < Idx) { 1978 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp); 1979 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1); 1980 } else { 1981 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 1982 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1); 1983 } 1984 Ops.push_back(OuterMul); 1985 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1986 } 1987 1988 // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together. 1989 for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1; 1990 OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]); 1991 ++OtherMulIdx) { 1992 const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]); 1993 // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies 1994 // together. 1995 for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands(); 1996 OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp) 1997 if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) { 1998 // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E)) 1999 const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0); 2000 if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 2001 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(), 2002 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp); 2003 MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end()); 2004 InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps); 2005 } 2006 const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0); 2007 if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 2008 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(), 2009 OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp); 2010 MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end()); 2011 InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps); 2012 } 2013 const SCEV *InnerMulSum = getAddExpr(InnerMul1,InnerMul2); 2014 const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum); 2015 if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul; 2016 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2017 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1); 2018 Ops.push_back(OuterMul); 2019 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2020 } 2021 } 2022 } 2023 } 2024 2025 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other 2026 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the 2027 // recurrence. 2028 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr) 2029 ++Idx; 2030 2031 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them. 2032 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 2033 // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if 2034 // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence. 2035 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps; 2036 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 2037 const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop(); 2038 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2039 if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) { 2040 LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]); 2041 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i); 2042 --i; --e; 2043 } 2044 2045 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence. 2046 if (!LIOps.empty()) { 2047 // NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step} --> NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step} 2048 LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart()); 2049 2050 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 2051 AddRec->op_end()); 2052 AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps); 2053 2054 // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the 2055 // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow. 2056 // Always propagate NW. 2057 Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2058 const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags); 2059 2060 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done. 2061 if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec; 2062 2063 // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts. 2064 for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) 2065 if (Ops[i] == AddRec) { 2066 Ops[i] = NewRec; 2067 break; 2068 } 2069 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2070 } 2071 2072 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if 2073 // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being 2074 // added together. If so, we can fold them. 2075 for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1; 2076 OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2077 ++OtherIdx) 2078 if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) { 2079 // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L> --> Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L> 2080 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 2081 AddRec->op_end()); 2082 for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2083 ++OtherIdx) 2084 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = 2085 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])) 2086 if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) { 2087 for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands(); 2088 i != e; ++i) { 2089 if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) { 2090 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i, 2091 OtherAddRec->op_end()); 2092 break; 2093 } 2094 AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(AddRecOps[i], 2095 OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)); 2096 } 2097 Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx; 2098 } 2099 // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound. 2100 Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 2101 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2102 } 2103 2104 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the 2105 // next one. 2106 } 2107 2108 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr. Check to see if we 2109 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2110 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2111 ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr); 2112 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2113 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2114 void *IP = nullptr; 2115 SCEVAddExpr *S = 2116 static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2117 if (!S) { 2118 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2119 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2120 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2121 O, Ops.size()); 2122 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2123 } 2124 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2125 return S; 2126 } 2127 2128 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) { 2129 uint64_t k = i*j; 2130 if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true; 2131 return k; 2132 } 2133 2134 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient. If an 2135 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will 2136 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow. 2137 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) { 2138 // We use the multiplicative formula: 2139 // n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 . 2140 // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the 2141 // (k-n)th term of the denominator. This division will always produce an 2142 // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the 2143 // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the 2144 // final result would fit. 2145 2146 if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1; 2147 if (k > n) return 0; 2148 2149 if (k > n/2) 2150 k = n-k; 2151 2152 uint64_t r = 1; 2153 for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) { 2154 r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow); 2155 r /= i; 2156 } 2157 return r; 2158 } 2159 2160 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if 2161 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant. 2162 static bool containsConstantSomewhere(const SCEV *StartExpr) { 2163 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops; 2164 Ops.push_back(StartExpr); 2165 while (!Ops.empty()) { 2166 const SCEV *CurrentExpr = Ops.pop_back_val(); 2167 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(*CurrentExpr)) 2168 return true; 2169 2170 if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(*CurrentExpr) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(*CurrentExpr)) { 2171 const auto *CurrentNAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(CurrentExpr); 2172 for (const SCEV *Operand : CurrentNAry->operands()) 2173 Ops.push_back(Operand); 2174 } 2175 } 2176 return false; 2177 } 2178 2179 /// getMulExpr - Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if 2180 /// possible. 2181 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 2182 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2183 assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) && 2184 "only nuw or nsw allowed"); 2185 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!"); 2186 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2187 #ifndef NDEBUG 2188 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2189 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2190 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2191 "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!"); 2192 #endif 2193 2194 Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags); 2195 2196 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2197 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 2198 2199 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2200 unsigned Idx = 0; 2201 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2202 2203 // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V 2204 if (Ops.size() == 2) 2205 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) 2206 // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant, 2207 // apply this transformation as well. 2208 if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2) 2209 if (containsConstantSomewhere(Add)) 2210 return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0)), 2211 getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1))); 2212 2213 ++Idx; 2214 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2215 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2216 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2217 LHSC->getValue()->getValue() * 2218 RHSC->getValue()->getValue()); 2219 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2220 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2221 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2222 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2223 } 2224 2225 // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off. 2226 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) { 2227 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 2228 --Idx; 2229 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) { 2230 // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero. 2231 return Ops[0]; 2232 } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) { 2233 // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the 2234 // add operands. 2235 if (Ops.size() == 2) { 2236 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) { 2237 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps; 2238 bool AnyFolded = false; 2239 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = Add->op_begin(), 2240 E = Add->op_end(); I != E; ++I) { 2241 const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I); 2242 if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true; 2243 NewOps.push_back(Mul); 2244 } 2245 if (AnyFolded) 2246 return getAddExpr(NewOps); 2247 } 2248 else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr * 2249 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) { 2250 // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property. 2251 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2252 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AddRec->op_begin(), 2253 E = AddRec->op_end(); I != E; ++I) { 2254 Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I)); 2255 } 2256 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), 2257 AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)); 2258 } 2259 } 2260 } 2261 2262 if (Ops.size() == 1) 2263 return Ops[0]; 2264 } 2265 2266 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply. 2267 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr) 2268 ++Idx; 2269 2270 // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression. 2271 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2272 bool DeletedMul = false; 2273 while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2274 // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the operands 2275 // list. 2276 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2277 Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end()); 2278 DeletedMul = true; 2279 } 2280 2281 // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the list, 2282 // and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and resimplify 2283 // any operands we just acquired. 2284 if (DeletedMul) 2285 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2286 } 2287 2288 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other 2289 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the 2290 // recurrence. 2291 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr) 2292 ++Idx; 2293 2294 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them. 2295 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 2296 // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector if 2297 // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence. 2298 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps; 2299 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 2300 const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop(); 2301 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2302 if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) { 2303 LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]); 2304 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i); 2305 --i; --e; 2306 } 2307 2308 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence. 2309 if (!LIOps.empty()) { 2310 // NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step} --> NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step} 2311 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps; 2312 NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands()); 2313 const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps); 2314 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2315 NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i))); 2316 2317 // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the 2318 // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow. 2319 // 2320 // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but 2321 // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true. 2322 Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2323 const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags); 2324 2325 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done. 2326 if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec; 2327 2328 // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts. 2329 for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) 2330 if (Ops[i] == AddRec) { 2331 Ops[i] = NewRec; 2332 break; 2333 } 2334 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2335 } 2336 2337 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if 2338 // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being 2339 // multiplied together. If so, we can fold them. 2340 2341 // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L> 2342 // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [ 2343 // choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z 2344 // ]]],+,...up to x=2n}. 2345 // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values 2346 // known at compile time, never SCEV objects. 2347 // 2348 // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two 2349 // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to 2350 // an infinite stream of zeros on the right). 2351 bool OpsModified = false; 2352 for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1; 2353 OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2354 ++OtherIdx) { 2355 const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = 2356 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2357 if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop) 2358 continue; 2359 2360 bool Overflow = false; 2361 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 2362 bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64; 2363 SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps; 2364 for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() + 2365 OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) { 2366 const SCEV *Term = getConstant(Ty, 0); 2367 for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) { 2368 uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow); 2369 for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1), 2370 ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands()); 2371 z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) { 2372 uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow); 2373 uint64_t Coeff; 2374 if (LargerThan64Bits) 2375 Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow); 2376 else 2377 Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2; 2378 const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff); 2379 const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z); 2380 const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z); 2381 Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1,Term2)); 2382 } 2383 } 2384 AddRecOps.push_back(Term); 2385 } 2386 if (!Overflow) { 2387 const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(), 2388 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 2389 if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec; 2390 Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec; 2391 Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx; 2392 OpsModified = true; 2393 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec); 2394 if (!AddRec) 2395 break; 2396 } 2397 } 2398 if (OpsModified) 2399 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2400 2401 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the 2402 // next one. 2403 } 2404 2405 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr. Check to see if we 2406 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2407 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2408 ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr); 2409 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2410 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2411 void *IP = nullptr; 2412 SCEVMulExpr *S = 2413 static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2414 if (!S) { 2415 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2416 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2417 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2418 O, Ops.size()); 2419 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2420 } 2421 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2422 return S; 2423 } 2424 2425 /// getUDivExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something 2426 /// simpler if possible. 2427 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2428 const SCEV *RHS) { 2429 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) == 2430 getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) && 2431 "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!"); 2432 2433 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 2434 if (RHSC->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) 2435 return LHS; // X udiv 1 --> x 2436 // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't 2437 // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from 2438 // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler. 2439 if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) { 2440 // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of 2441 // its operands. 2442 // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information. 2443 Type *Ty = LHS->getType(); 2444 unsigned LZ = RHSC->getValue()->getValue().countLeadingZeros(); 2445 unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1; 2446 // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the 2447 // nearest power of two. 2448 if (!RHSC->getValue()->getValue().isPowerOf2()) 2449 ++MaxShiftAmt; 2450 IntegerType *ExtTy = 2451 IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt); 2452 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) 2453 if (const SCEVConstant *Step = 2454 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) { 2455 // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded. 2456 const APInt &StepInt = Step->getValue()->getValue(); 2457 const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getValue()->getValue(); 2458 if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) && 2459 getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) == 2460 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy), 2461 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy), 2462 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) { 2463 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2464 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2465 Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(AR->getOperand(i), RHS)); 2466 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), 2467 SCEV::FlagNW); 2468 } 2469 /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence. 2470 /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0. 2471 // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant. 2472 const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart()); 2473 if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) && 2474 getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) == 2475 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy), 2476 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy), 2477 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) { 2478 const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getValue()->getValue(); 2479 const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt); 2480 if (StartRem != 0) 2481 LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step, 2482 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW); 2483 } 2484 } 2485 // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded. 2486 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) { 2487 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2488 for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2489 Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(M->getOperand(i), ExtTy)); 2490 if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands)) 2491 // Find an operand that's safely divisible. 2492 for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2493 const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i); 2494 const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC); 2495 if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) { 2496 Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(), 2497 M->op_end()); 2498 Operands[i] = Div; 2499 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2500 } 2501 } 2502 } 2503 // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded. 2504 if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) { 2505 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2506 for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2507 Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(A->getOperand(i), ExtTy)); 2508 if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) { 2509 Operands.clear(); 2510 for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2511 const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS); 2512 if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) || 2513 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i)) 2514 break; 2515 Operands.push_back(Op); 2516 } 2517 if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands()) 2518 return getAddExpr(Operands); 2519 } 2520 } 2521 2522 // Fold if both operands are constant. 2523 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) { 2524 Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue(); 2525 Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue(); 2526 return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV, 2527 RHSCV))); 2528 } 2529 } 2530 } 2531 2532 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2533 ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr); 2534 ID.AddPointer(LHS); 2535 ID.AddPointer(RHS); 2536 void *IP = nullptr; 2537 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2538 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2539 LHS, RHS); 2540 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2541 return S; 2542 } 2543 2544 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) { 2545 APInt A = C1->getValue()->getValue().abs(); 2546 APInt B = C2->getValue()->getValue().abs(); 2547 uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth(); 2548 uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth(); 2549 2550 if (ABW > BBW) 2551 B = B.zext(ABW); 2552 else if (ABW < BBW) 2553 A = A.zext(BBW); 2554 2555 return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(A, B); 2556 } 2557 2558 /// getUDivExactExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or 2559 /// something simpler if possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv 2560 /// in SCEV IR, but we can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS. 2561 /// We can't do this when it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits. 2562 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2563 const SCEV *RHS) { 2564 // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we 2565 // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the 2566 // end of this file for inspiration. 2567 2568 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS); 2569 if (!Mul) 2570 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 2571 2572 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 2573 // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the 2574 // first element of the mulexpr. 2575 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSCst = 2576 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) { 2577 if (LHSCst == RHSCst) { 2578 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2579 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2580 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2581 } 2582 2583 // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be 2584 // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to 2585 // check. 2586 APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst); 2587 if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) { 2588 LHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>( 2589 getConstant(LHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor))); 2590 RHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>( 2591 getConstant(RHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor))); 2592 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2593 Operands.push_back(LHSCst); 2594 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2595 LHS = getMulExpr(Operands); 2596 RHS = RHSCst; 2597 Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS); 2598 if (!Mul) 2599 return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS); 2600 } 2601 } 2602 } 2603 2604 for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2605 if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) { 2606 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2607 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i); 2608 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2609 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2610 } 2611 } 2612 2613 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 2614 } 2615 2616 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. 2617 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible. 2618 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step, 2619 const Loop *L, 2620 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2621 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2622 Operands.push_back(Start); 2623 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step)) 2624 if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) { 2625 Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end()); 2626 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2627 } 2628 2629 Operands.push_back(Step); 2630 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags); 2631 } 2632 2633 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. 2634 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible. 2635 const SCEV * 2636 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands, 2637 const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2638 if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0]; 2639 #ifndef NDEBUG 2640 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType()); 2641 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2642 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2643 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!"); 2644 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2645 assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) && 2646 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!"); 2647 #endif 2648 2649 if (Operands.back()->isZero()) { 2650 Operands.pop_back(); 2651 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0} --> X 2652 } 2653 2654 // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and 2655 // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a 2656 // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a 2657 // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck 2658 // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count). 2659 2660 Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags); 2661 2662 // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth. 2663 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) { 2664 const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop(); 2665 if (L->contains(NestedLoop) ? 2666 (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth()) : 2667 (!NestedLoop->contains(L) && 2668 DT->dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) { 2669 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(), 2670 NestedAR->op_end()); 2671 Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart(); 2672 // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their 2673 // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this 2674 // requirement. 2675 bool AllInvariant = true; 2676 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2677 if (!isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L)) { 2678 AllInvariant = false; 2679 break; 2680 } 2681 if (AllInvariant) { 2682 // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size. 2683 // 2684 // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the 2685 // inner recurrence has the same property. 2686 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags = 2687 maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags()); 2688 2689 NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags); 2690 AllInvariant = true; 2691 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NestedOperands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2692 if (!isLoopInvariant(NestedOperands[i], NestedLoop)) { 2693 AllInvariant = false; 2694 break; 2695 } 2696 if (AllInvariant) { 2697 // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation. 2698 // 2699 // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if 2700 // the outer recurrence has the same property. 2701 SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags = 2702 maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags); 2703 return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags); 2704 } 2705 } 2706 // Reset Operands to its original state. 2707 Operands[0] = NestedAR; 2708 } 2709 } 2710 2711 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr. Check to see if we 2712 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2713 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2714 ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr); 2715 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2716 ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]); 2717 ID.AddPointer(L); 2718 void *IP = nullptr; 2719 SCEVAddRecExpr *S = 2720 static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2721 if (!S) { 2722 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size()); 2723 std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O); 2724 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2725 O, Operands.size(), L); 2726 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2727 } 2728 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2729 return S; 2730 } 2731 2732 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2733 const SCEV *RHS) { 2734 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops; 2735 Ops.push_back(LHS); 2736 Ops.push_back(RHS); 2737 return getSMaxExpr(Ops); 2738 } 2739 2740 const SCEV * 2741 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) { 2742 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!"); 2743 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2744 #ifndef NDEBUG 2745 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2746 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2747 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2748 "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!"); 2749 #endif 2750 2751 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2752 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 2753 2754 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2755 unsigned Idx = 0; 2756 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2757 ++Idx; 2758 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 2759 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2760 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2761 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2762 APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(), 2763 RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 2764 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2765 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2766 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2767 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2768 } 2769 2770 // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off. 2771 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) { 2772 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 2773 --Idx; 2774 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) { 2775 // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be 2776 // maximum-int. 2777 return Ops[0]; 2778 } 2779 2780 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2781 } 2782 2783 // Find the first SMax 2784 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr) 2785 ++Idx; 2786 2787 // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands 2788 // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify. 2789 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2790 bool DeletedSMax = false; 2791 while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2792 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2793 Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end()); 2794 DeletedSMax = true; 2795 } 2796 2797 if (DeletedSMax) 2798 return getSMaxExpr(Ops); 2799 } 2800 2801 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice. If 2802 // so, delete one. Since we sorted the list, these values are required to 2803 // be adjacent. 2804 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i) 2805 // X smax Y smax Y --> X smax Y 2806 // X smax Y --> X, if X is always greater than Y 2807 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] || 2808 isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2809 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2); 2810 --i; --e; 2811 } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2812 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1); 2813 --i; --e; 2814 } 2815 2816 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2817 2818 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!"); 2819 2820 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr. Check to see if we 2821 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2822 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2823 ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr); 2824 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2825 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2826 void *IP = nullptr; 2827 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2828 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2829 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2830 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2831 O, Ops.size()); 2832 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2833 return S; 2834 } 2835 2836 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2837 const SCEV *RHS) { 2838 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops; 2839 Ops.push_back(LHS); 2840 Ops.push_back(RHS); 2841 return getUMaxExpr(Ops); 2842 } 2843 2844 const SCEV * 2845 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) { 2846 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!"); 2847 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2848 #ifndef NDEBUG 2849 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2850 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2851 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2852 "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!"); 2853 #endif 2854 2855 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2856 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 2857 2858 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2859 unsigned Idx = 0; 2860 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2861 ++Idx; 2862 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 2863 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2864 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2865 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2866 APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(), 2867 RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 2868 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2869 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2870 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2871 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2872 } 2873 2874 // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off. 2875 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) { 2876 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 2877 --Idx; 2878 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) { 2879 // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be 2880 // maximum-int. 2881 return Ops[0]; 2882 } 2883 2884 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2885 } 2886 2887 // Find the first UMax 2888 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr) 2889 ++Idx; 2890 2891 // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands 2892 // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify. 2893 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2894 bool DeletedUMax = false; 2895 while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2896 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2897 Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end()); 2898 DeletedUMax = true; 2899 } 2900 2901 if (DeletedUMax) 2902 return getUMaxExpr(Ops); 2903 } 2904 2905 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice. If 2906 // so, delete one. Since we sorted the list, these values are required to 2907 // be adjacent. 2908 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i) 2909 // X umax Y umax Y --> X umax Y 2910 // X umax Y --> X, if X is always greater than Y 2911 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] || 2912 isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2913 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2); 2914 --i; --e; 2915 } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2916 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1); 2917 --i; --e; 2918 } 2919 2920 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2921 2922 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!"); 2923 2924 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr. Check to see if we 2925 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2926 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2927 ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr); 2928 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2929 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2930 void *IP = nullptr; 2931 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2932 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2933 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2934 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2935 O, Ops.size()); 2936 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2937 return S; 2938 } 2939 2940 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2941 const SCEV *RHS) { 2942 // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y). 2943 return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS))); 2944 } 2945 2946 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2947 const SCEV *RHS) { 2948 // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y) 2949 return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS))); 2950 } 2951 2952 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) { 2953 // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent 2954 // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt. 2955 // This is just a compile-time optimization. 2956 if (DL) 2957 return getConstant(IntTy, DL->getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy)); 2958 2959 Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getSizeOf(AllocTy); 2960 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C)) 2961 if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, DL, TLI)) 2962 C = Folded; 2963 Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(AllocTy)); 2964 assert(Ty == IntTy && "Effective SCEV type doesn't match"); 2965 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty); 2966 } 2967 2968 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy, 2969 StructType *STy, 2970 unsigned FieldNo) { 2971 // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent 2972 // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt. 2973 // This is just a compile-time optimization. 2974 if (DL) { 2975 return getConstant(IntTy, 2976 DL->getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo)); 2977 } 2978 2979 Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getOffsetOf(STy, FieldNo); 2980 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C)) 2981 if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, DL, TLI)) 2982 C = Folded; 2983 2984 Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(STy)); 2985 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty); 2986 } 2987 2988 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) { 2989 // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object 2990 // here. createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other 2991 // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown 2992 // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization. 2993 2994 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2995 ID.AddInteger(scUnknown); 2996 ID.AddPointer(V); 2997 void *IP = nullptr; 2998 if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) { 2999 assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V && 3000 "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!"); 3001 return S; 3002 } 3003 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this, 3004 FirstUnknown); 3005 FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S); 3006 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 3007 return S; 3008 } 3009 3010 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3011 // Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code 3012 // 3013 3014 /// isSCEVable - Test if values of the given type are analyzable within 3015 /// the SCEV framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it 3016 /// can optionally include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class 3017 /// has access to target-specific information. 3018 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const { 3019 // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable. 3020 return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy(); 3021 } 3022 3023 /// getTypeSizeInBits - Return the size in bits of the specified type, 3024 /// for which isSCEVable must return true. 3025 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const { 3026 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!"); 3027 3028 // If we have a DataLayout, use it! 3029 if (DL) 3030 return DL->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 3031 3032 // Integer types have fixed sizes. 3033 if (Ty->isIntegerTy()) 3034 return Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); 3035 3036 // The only other support type is pointer. Without DataLayout, conservatively 3037 // assume pointers are 64-bit. 3038 assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "isSCEVable permitted a non-SCEVable type!"); 3039 return 64; 3040 } 3041 3042 /// getEffectiveSCEVType - Return a type with the same bitwidth as 3043 /// the given type and which represents how SCEV will treat the given 3044 /// type, for which isSCEVable must return true. For pointer types, 3045 /// this is the pointer-sized integer type. 3046 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const { 3047 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!"); 3048 3049 if (Ty->isIntegerTy()) { 3050 return Ty; 3051 } 3052 3053 // The only other support type is pointer. 3054 assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!"); 3055 3056 if (DL) 3057 return DL->getIntPtrType(Ty); 3058 3059 // Without DataLayout, conservatively assume pointers are 64-bit. 3060 return Type::getInt64Ty(getContext()); 3061 } 3062 3063 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() { 3064 return &CouldNotCompute; 3065 } 3066 3067 namespace { 3068 // Helper class working with SCEVTraversal to figure out if a SCEV contains 3069 // a SCEVUnknown with null value-pointer. FindInvalidSCEVUnknown::FindOne 3070 // is set iff if find such SCEVUnknown. 3071 // 3072 struct FindInvalidSCEVUnknown { 3073 bool FindOne; 3074 FindInvalidSCEVUnknown() { FindOne = false; } 3075 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 3076 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) { 3077 case scConstant: 3078 return false; 3079 case scUnknown: 3080 if (!cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()) 3081 FindOne = true; 3082 return false; 3083 default: 3084 return true; 3085 } 3086 } 3087 bool isDone() const { return FindOne; } 3088 }; 3089 } 3090 3091 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const { 3092 FindInvalidSCEVUnknown F; 3093 SCEVTraversal<FindInvalidSCEVUnknown> ST(F); 3094 ST.visitAll(S); 3095 3096 return !F.FindOne; 3097 } 3098 3099 /// getSCEV - Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the 3100 /// expression and create a new one. 3101 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) { 3102 assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!"); 3103 3104 ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V); 3105 if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) { 3106 const SCEV *S = I->second; 3107 if (checkValidity(S)) 3108 return S; 3109 else 3110 ValueExprMap.erase(I); 3111 } 3112 const SCEV *S = createSCEV(V); 3113 3114 // The process of creating a SCEV for V may have caused other SCEVs 3115 // to have been created, so it's necessary to insert the new entry 3116 // from scratch, rather than trying to remember the insert position 3117 // above. 3118 ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S)); 3119 return S; 3120 } 3121 3122 /// getNegativeSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V 3123 /// 3124 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 3125 if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) 3126 return getConstant( 3127 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue()))); 3128 3129 Type *Ty = V->getType(); 3130 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 3131 return getMulExpr(V, 3132 getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)))); 3133 } 3134 3135 /// getNotSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V 3136 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 3137 if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) 3138 return getConstant( 3139 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue()))); 3140 3141 Type *Ty = V->getType(); 3142 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 3143 const SCEV *AllOnes = 3144 getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))); 3145 return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V); 3146 } 3147 3148 /// getMinusSCEV - Return LHS-RHS. Minus is represented in SCEV as A+B*-1. 3149 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 3150 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 3151 assert(!maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW) && "subtraction does not have NUW"); 3152 3153 // Fast path: X - X --> 0. 3154 if (LHS == RHS) 3155 return getConstant(LHS->getType(), 0); 3156 3157 // X - Y --> X + -Y 3158 return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS), Flags); 3159 } 3160 3161 /// getTruncateOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3162 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is zero 3163 /// extended. 3164 const SCEV * 3165 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3166 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3167 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3168 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3169 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3170 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3171 return V; // No conversion 3172 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3173 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 3174 return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3175 } 3176 3177 /// getTruncateOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3178 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is sign 3179 /// extended. 3180 const SCEV * 3181 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, 3182 Type *Ty) { 3183 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3184 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3185 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3186 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3187 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3188 return V; // No conversion 3189 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3190 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 3191 return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3192 } 3193 3194 /// getNoopOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3195 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is zero 3196 /// extended. The conversion must not be narrowing. 3197 const SCEV * 3198 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3199 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3200 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3201 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3202 "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3203 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3204 "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!"); 3205 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3206 return V; // No conversion 3207 return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3208 } 3209 3210 /// getNoopOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3211 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is sign 3212 /// extended. The conversion must not be narrowing. 3213 const SCEV * 3214 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3215 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3216 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3217 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3218 "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3219 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3220 "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!"); 3221 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3222 return V; // No conversion 3223 return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3224 } 3225 3226 /// getNoopOrAnyExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of 3227 /// the input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, 3228 /// it is extended with unspecified bits. The conversion must not be 3229 /// narrowing. 3230 const SCEV * 3231 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3232 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3233 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3234 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3235 "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3236 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3237 "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!"); 3238 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3239 return V; // No conversion 3240 return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3241 } 3242 3243 /// getTruncateOrNoop - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3244 /// input value to the specified type. The conversion must not be widening. 3245 const SCEV * 3246 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3247 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3248 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3249 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3250 "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!"); 3251 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3252 "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!"); 3253 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3254 return V; // No conversion 3255 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 3256 } 3257 3258 /// getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of 3259 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umax operation 3260 /// with them. 3261 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS, 3262 const SCEV *RHS) { 3263 const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS; 3264 const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS; 3265 3266 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) 3267 PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType()); 3268 else 3269 PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType()); 3270 3271 return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS); 3272 } 3273 3274 /// getUMinFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of 3275 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umin operation 3276 /// with them. 3277 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS, 3278 const SCEV *RHS) { 3279 const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS; 3280 const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS; 3281 3282 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) 3283 PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType()); 3284 else 3285 PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType()); 3286 3287 return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS); 3288 } 3289 3290 /// getPointerBase - Transitively follow the chain of pointer-type operands 3291 /// until reaching a SCEV that does not have a single pointer operand. This 3292 /// returns a SCEVUnknown pointer for well-formed pointer-type expressions, 3293 /// but corner cases do exist. 3294 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) { 3295 // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null. 3296 if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) 3297 return V; 3298 3299 if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) { 3300 return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand()); 3301 } 3302 else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) { 3303 const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr; 3304 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 3305 I != E; ++I) { 3306 if ((*I)->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 3307 // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands. 3308 if (PtrOp) 3309 return V; 3310 PtrOp = *I; 3311 } 3312 } 3313 if (!PtrOp) 3314 return V; 3315 return getPointerBase(PtrOp); 3316 } 3317 return V; 3318 } 3319 3320 /// PushDefUseChildren - Push users of the given Instruction 3321 /// onto the given Worklist. 3322 static void 3323 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I, 3324 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { 3325 // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack. 3326 for (User *U : I->users()) 3327 Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U)); 3328 } 3329 3330 /// ForgetSymbolicValue - This looks up computed SCEV values for all 3331 /// instructions that depend on the given instruction and removes them from 3332 /// the ValueExprMapType map if they reference SymName. This is used during PHI 3333 /// resolution. 3334 void 3335 ScalarEvolution::ForgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) { 3336 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 3337 PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist); 3338 3339 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 3340 Visited.insert(PN); 3341 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 3342 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 3343 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 3344 continue; 3345 3346 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 3347 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 3348 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 3349 const SCEV *Old = It->second; 3350 3351 // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name 3352 // ceases to appear in expressions. 3353 if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName)) 3354 continue; 3355 3356 // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized 3357 // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed 3358 // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case, 3359 // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything. 3360 // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary 3361 // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do 3362 // want to forget the SCEVUnknown. 3363 if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || 3364 !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) || 3365 (I != PN && Old == SymName)) { 3366 forgetMemoizedResults(Old); 3367 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 3368 } 3369 } 3370 3371 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 3372 } 3373 } 3374 3375 /// createNodeForPHI - PHI nodes have two cases. Either the PHI node exists in 3376 /// a loop header, making it a potential recurrence, or it doesn't. 3377 /// 3378 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) { 3379 if (const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent())) 3380 if (L->getHeader() == PN->getParent()) { 3381 // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze 3382 // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique 3383 // backedge value. 3384 Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr; 3385 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { 3386 Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i); 3387 if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) { 3388 if (!BEValueV) { 3389 BEValueV = V; 3390 } else if (BEValueV != V) { 3391 BEValueV = nullptr; 3392 break; 3393 } 3394 } else if (!StartValueV) { 3395 StartValueV = V; 3396 } else if (StartValueV != V) { 3397 StartValueV = nullptr; 3398 break; 3399 } 3400 } 3401 if (BEValueV && StartValueV) { 3402 // While we are analyzing this PHI node, handle its value symbolically. 3403 const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN); 3404 assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() && 3405 "PHI node already processed?"); 3406 ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName)); 3407 3408 // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around 3409 // the back-edge. 3410 const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV); 3411 3412 // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just 3413 // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop. 3414 3415 // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic 3416 // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable! 3417 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) { 3418 // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it 3419 // with a recurrence. 3420 unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands(); 3421 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3422 if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName) 3423 if (FoundIndex == e) { 3424 FoundIndex = i; 3425 break; 3426 } 3427 3428 if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) { 3429 // Create an add with everything but the specified operand. 3430 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops; 3431 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3432 if (i != FoundIndex) 3433 Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i)); 3434 const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops); 3435 3436 // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each 3437 // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop. 3438 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) || 3439 (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) && 3440 cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) { 3441 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 3442 3443 // If the increment doesn't overflow, then neither the addrec nor 3444 // the post-increment will overflow. 3445 if (const AddOperator *OBO = dyn_cast<AddOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3446 if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) 3447 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3448 if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) 3449 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW); 3450 } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3451 // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address 3452 // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee 3453 // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are 3454 // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base 3455 // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the 3456 // indices form a positive value. 3457 if (GEP->isInBounds()) { 3458 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW); 3459 3460 const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand()); 3461 if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr))) 3462 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3463 } 3464 } else if (const SubOperator *OBO = 3465 dyn_cast<SubOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3466 if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) 3467 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3468 if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) 3469 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW); 3470 } 3471 3472 const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV); 3473 const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags); 3474 3475 // Since the no-wrap flags are on the increment, they apply to the 3476 // post-incremented value as well. 3477 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L)) 3478 (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), 3479 Accum, L, Flags); 3480 3481 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI 3482 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the 3483 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression. 3484 ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName); 3485 ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV; 3486 return PHISCEV; 3487 } 3488 } 3489 } else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = 3490 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(BEValue)) { 3491 // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this: 3492 // i = 0; for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { .... i = j; } 3493 // In this case, j = {1,+,1} and BEValue is j. 3494 // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue 3495 // i really is an addrec evolution. 3496 if (AddRec->getLoop() == L && AddRec->isAffine()) { 3497 const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV); 3498 3499 // If StartVal = j.start - j.stride, we can use StartVal as the 3500 // initial step of the addrec evolution. 3501 if (StartVal == getMinusSCEV(AddRec->getOperand(0), 3502 AddRec->getOperand(1))) { 3503 // FIXME: For constant StartVal, we should be able to infer 3504 // no-wrap flags. 3505 const SCEV *PHISCEV = 3506 getAddRecExpr(StartVal, AddRec->getOperand(1), L, 3507 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 3508 3509 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI 3510 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the 3511 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression. 3512 ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName); 3513 ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV; 3514 return PHISCEV; 3515 } 3516 } 3517 } 3518 } 3519 } 3520 3521 // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the 3522 // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so 3523 // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but 3524 // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases. 3525 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, DL, TLI, DT, AC)) 3526 if (LI->replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V)) 3527 return getSCEV(V); 3528 3529 // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet. 3530 return getUnknown(PN); 3531 } 3532 3533 /// createNodeForGEP - Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply 3534 /// operations. This allows them to be analyzed by regular SCEV code. 3535 /// 3536 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) { 3537 Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(GEP->getType()); 3538 Value *Base = GEP->getOperand(0); 3539 // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects. 3540 if (!Base->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isSized()) 3541 return getUnknown(GEP); 3542 3543 // Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP instruction to the 3544 // Add expression, because the Instruction may be guarded by control flow 3545 // and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any 3546 // context. 3547 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 3548 3549 const SCEV *TotalOffset = getConstant(IntPtrTy, 0); 3550 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP); 3551 for (GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator I = std::next(GEP->op_begin()), 3552 E = GEP->op_end(); 3553 I != E; ++I) { 3554 Value *Index = *I; 3555 // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index. 3556 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI++)) { 3557 // For a struct, add the member offset. 3558 unsigned FieldNo = cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue(); 3559 const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo); 3560 3561 // Add the field offset to the running total offset. 3562 TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset); 3563 } else { 3564 // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled. 3565 const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, *GTI); 3566 const SCEV *IndexS = getSCEV(Index); 3567 // Getelementptr indices are signed. 3568 IndexS = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexS, IntPtrTy); 3569 3570 // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset. 3571 const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexS, ElementSize, Wrap); 3572 3573 // Add the element offset to the running total offset. 3574 TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset); 3575 } 3576 } 3577 3578 // Get the SCEV for the GEP base. 3579 const SCEV *BaseS = getSCEV(Base); 3580 3581 // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base. 3582 return getAddExpr(BaseS, TotalOffset, Wrap); 3583 } 3584 3585 /// GetMinTrailingZeros - Determine the minimum number of zero bits that S is 3586 /// guaranteed to end in (at every loop iteration). It is, at the same time, 3587 /// the minimum number of times S is divisible by 2. For example, given {4,+,8} 3588 /// it returns 2. If S is guaranteed to be 0, it returns the bitwidth of S. 3589 uint32_t 3590 ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) { 3591 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 3592 return C->getValue()->getValue().countTrailingZeros(); 3593 3594 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) 3595 return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()), 3596 (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType())); 3597 3598 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 3599 uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand()); 3600 return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ? 3601 getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes; 3602 } 3603 3604 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 3605 uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand()); 3606 return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ? 3607 getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes; 3608 } 3609 3610 if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 3611 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3612 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0)); 3613 for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3614 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i))); 3615 return MinOpRes; 3616 } 3617 3618 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 3619 // The result is the sum of all operands results. 3620 uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 3621 uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType()); 3622 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); 3623 SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i) 3624 SumOpRes = std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), 3625 BitWidth); 3626 return SumOpRes; 3627 } 3628 3629 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3630 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3631 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0)); 3632 for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3633 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i))); 3634 return MinOpRes; 3635 } 3636 3637 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 3638 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3639 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 3640 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3641 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i))); 3642 return MinOpRes; 3643 } 3644 3645 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 3646 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3647 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 3648 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3649 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i))); 3650 return MinOpRes; 3651 } 3652 3653 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 3654 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 3655 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()); 3656 APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0); 3657 computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT); 3658 return Zeros.countTrailingOnes(); 3659 } 3660 3661 // SCEVUDivExpr 3662 return 0; 3663 } 3664 3665 /// GetRangeFromMetadata - Helper method to assign a range to V from 3666 /// metadata present in the IR. 3667 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) { 3668 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { 3669 if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) { 3670 ConstantRange TotalRange( 3671 cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitWidth(), false); 3672 3673 unsigned NumRanges = MD->getNumOperands() / 2; 3674 assert(NumRanges >= 1); 3675 3676 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) { 3677 ConstantInt *Lower = 3678 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 0)); 3679 ConstantInt *Upper = 3680 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 1)); 3681 ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); 3682 TotalRange = TotalRange.unionWith(Range); 3683 } 3684 3685 return TotalRange; 3686 } 3687 } 3688 3689 return None; 3690 } 3691 3692 /// getUnsignedRange - Determine the unsigned range for a particular SCEV. 3693 /// 3694 ConstantRange 3695 ScalarEvolution::getUnsignedRange(const SCEV *S) { 3696 // See if we've computed this range already. 3697 DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = UnsignedRanges.find(S); 3698 if (I != UnsignedRanges.end()) 3699 return I->second; 3700 3701 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 3702 return setUnsignedRange(C, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue())); 3703 3704 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()); 3705 ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true); 3706 3707 // If the value has known zeros, the maximum unsigned value will have those 3708 // known zeros as well. 3709 uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S); 3710 if (TZ != 0) 3711 ConservativeResult = 3712 ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth), 3713 APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1); 3714 3715 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 3716 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(0)); 3717 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3718 X = X.add(getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(i))); 3719 return setUnsignedRange(Add, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3720 } 3721 3722 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 3723 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0)); 3724 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3725 X = X.multiply(getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i))); 3726 return setUnsignedRange(Mul, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3727 } 3728 3729 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 3730 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0)); 3731 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3732 X = X.smax(getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i))); 3733 return setUnsignedRange(SMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3734 } 3735 3736 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 3737 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0)); 3738 for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3739 X = X.umax(getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i))); 3740 return setUnsignedRange(UMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3741 } 3742 3743 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) { 3744 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getLHS()); 3745 ConstantRange Y = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getRHS()); 3746 return setUnsignedRange(UDiv, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y))); 3747 } 3748 3749 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 3750 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(ZExt->getOperand()); 3751 return setUnsignedRange(ZExt, 3752 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth))); 3753 } 3754 3755 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 3756 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SExt->getOperand()); 3757 return setUnsignedRange(SExt, 3758 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth))); 3759 } 3760 3761 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) { 3762 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Trunc->getOperand()); 3763 return setUnsignedRange(Trunc, 3764 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth))); 3765 } 3766 3767 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3768 // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its 3769 // initial value. 3770 if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW)) 3771 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart())) 3772 if (!C->getValue()->isZero()) 3773 ConservativeResult = 3774 ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3775 ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue(), APInt(BitWidth, 0))); 3776 3777 // TODO: non-affine addrec 3778 if (AddRec->isAffine()) { 3779 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 3780 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 3781 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && 3782 getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) { 3783 MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty); 3784 3785 const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart(); 3786 const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this); 3787 3788 ConstantRange StartRange = getUnsignedRange(Start); 3789 ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step); 3790 ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount); 3791 ConstantRange EndRange = 3792 StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange)); 3793 3794 // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic 3795 // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow 3796 // checking code. 3797 ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3798 ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3799 ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange = 3800 MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3801 ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3802 if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) != 3803 ExtEndRange) 3804 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3805 3806 APInt Min = APIntOps::umin(StartRange.getUnsignedMin(), 3807 EndRange.getUnsignedMin()); 3808 APInt Max = APIntOps::umax(StartRange.getUnsignedMax(), 3809 EndRange.getUnsignedMax()); 3810 if (Min.isMinValue() && Max.isMaxValue()) 3811 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3812 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, 3813 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1))); 3814 } 3815 } 3816 3817 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3818 } 3819 3820 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 3821 // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata. 3822 Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue()); 3823 if (MDRange.hasValue()) 3824 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue()); 3825 3826 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 3827 APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0); 3828 computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT); 3829 if (Ones == ~Zeros + 1) 3830 return setUnsignedRange(U, ConservativeResult); 3831 return setUnsignedRange(U, 3832 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Ones, ~Zeros + 1))); 3833 } 3834 3835 return setUnsignedRange(S, ConservativeResult); 3836 } 3837 3838 /// getSignedRange - Determine the signed range for a particular SCEV. 3839 /// 3840 ConstantRange 3841 ScalarEvolution::getSignedRange(const SCEV *S) { 3842 // See if we've computed this range already. 3843 DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = SignedRanges.find(S); 3844 if (I != SignedRanges.end()) 3845 return I->second; 3846 3847 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 3848 return setSignedRange(C, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue())); 3849 3850 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()); 3851 ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true); 3852 3853 // If the value has known zeros, the maximum signed value will have those 3854 // known zeros as well. 3855 uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S); 3856 if (TZ != 0) 3857 ConservativeResult = 3858 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth), 3859 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1); 3860 3861 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 3862 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(0)); 3863 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3864 X = X.add(getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(i))); 3865 return setSignedRange(Add, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3866 } 3867 3868 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 3869 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0)); 3870 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3871 X = X.multiply(getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i))); 3872 return setSignedRange(Mul, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3873 } 3874 3875 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 3876 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0)); 3877 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3878 X = X.smax(getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i))); 3879 return setSignedRange(SMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3880 } 3881 3882 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 3883 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0)); 3884 for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3885 X = X.umax(getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i))); 3886 return setSignedRange(UMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3887 } 3888 3889 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) { 3890 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UDiv->getLHS()); 3891 ConstantRange Y = getSignedRange(UDiv->getRHS()); 3892 return setSignedRange(UDiv, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y))); 3893 } 3894 3895 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 3896 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(ZExt->getOperand()); 3897 return setSignedRange(ZExt, 3898 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth))); 3899 } 3900 3901 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 3902 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SExt->getOperand()); 3903 return setSignedRange(SExt, 3904 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth))); 3905 } 3906 3907 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) { 3908 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Trunc->getOperand()); 3909 return setSignedRange(Trunc, 3910 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth))); 3911 } 3912 3913 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3914 // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or 3915 // zero, the value won't ever change sign. 3916 if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) { 3917 bool AllNonNeg = true; 3918 bool AllNonPos = true; 3919 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 3920 if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false; 3921 if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false; 3922 } 3923 if (AllNonNeg) 3924 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3925 ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0), 3926 APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth))); 3927 else if (AllNonPos) 3928 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3929 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth), 3930 APInt(BitWidth, 1))); 3931 } 3932 3933 // TODO: non-affine addrec 3934 if (AddRec->isAffine()) { 3935 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 3936 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 3937 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && 3938 getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) { 3939 MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty); 3940 3941 const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart(); 3942 const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this); 3943 3944 ConstantRange StartRange = getSignedRange(Start); 3945 ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step); 3946 ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount); 3947 ConstantRange EndRange = 3948 StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange)); 3949 3950 // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic 3951 // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow 3952 // checking code. 3953 ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3954 ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3955 ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange = 3956 MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3957 ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3958 if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) != 3959 ExtEndRange) 3960 return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3961 3962 APInt Min = APIntOps::smin(StartRange.getSignedMin(), 3963 EndRange.getSignedMin()); 3964 APInt Max = APIntOps::smax(StartRange.getSignedMax(), 3965 EndRange.getSignedMax()); 3966 if (Min.isMinSignedValue() && Max.isMaxSignedValue()) 3967 return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3968 return setSignedRange(AddRec, 3969 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1))); 3970 } 3971 } 3972 3973 return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3974 } 3975 3976 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 3977 // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata. 3978 Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue()); 3979 if (MDRange.hasValue()) 3980 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue()); 3981 3982 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 3983 if (!U->getValue()->getType()->isIntegerTy() && !DL) 3984 return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult); 3985 unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT); 3986 if (NS <= 1) 3987 return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult); 3988 return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3989 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1), 3990 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1)+1))); 3991 } 3992 3993 return setSignedRange(S, ConservativeResult); 3994 } 3995 3996 /// createSCEV - We know that there is no SCEV for the specified value. 3997 /// Analyze the expression. 3998 /// 3999 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) { 4000 if (!isSCEVable(V->getType())) 4001 return getUnknown(V); 4002 4003 unsigned Opcode = Instruction::UserOp1; 4004 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { 4005 Opcode = I->getOpcode(); 4006 4007 // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't 4008 // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required 4009 // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this 4010 // analysis depends on. 4011 if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent())) 4012 return getUnknown(V); 4013 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V)) 4014 Opcode = CE->getOpcode(); 4015 else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) 4016 return getConstant(CI); 4017 else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) 4018 return getConstant(V->getType(), 0); 4019 else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) 4020 return GA->mayBeOverridden() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee()); 4021 else 4022 return getUnknown(V); 4023 4024 Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V); 4025 switch (Opcode) { 4026 case Instruction::Add: { 4027 // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands 4028 // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a 4029 // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient, 4030 // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands. 4031 // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call. 4032 // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands. 4033 // 4034 // Don't apply this instruction's NSW or NUW flags to the new 4035 // expression. The instruction may be guarded by control flow that the 4036 // no-wrap behavior depends on. Non-control-equivalent instructions can be 4037 // mapped to the same SCEV expression, and it would be incorrect to transfer 4038 // NSW/NUW semantics to those operations. 4039 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps; 4040 AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4041 for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0); ; Op = U->getOperand(0)) { 4042 unsigned Opcode = Op->getValueID() - Value::InstructionVal; 4043 if (Opcode != Instruction::Add && Opcode != Instruction::Sub) 4044 break; 4045 U = cast<Operator>(Op); 4046 const SCEV *Op1 = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4047 if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub) 4048 AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(Op1)); 4049 else 4050 AddOps.push_back(Op1); 4051 } 4052 AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 4053 return getAddExpr(AddOps); 4054 } 4055 case Instruction::Mul: { 4056 // Don't transfer NSW/NUW for the same reason as AddExpr. 4057 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps; 4058 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4059 for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0); 4060 Op->getValueID() == Instruction::Mul + Value::InstructionVal; 4061 Op = U->getOperand(0)) { 4062 U = cast<Operator>(Op); 4063 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4064 } 4065 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 4066 return getMulExpr(MulOps); 4067 } 4068 case Instruction::UDiv: 4069 return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 4070 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4071 case Instruction::Sub: 4072 return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 4073 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4074 case Instruction::And: 4075 // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits, 4076 // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression. 4077 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4078 if (CI->isNullValue()) 4079 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4080 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) 4081 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4082 const APInt &A = CI->getValue(); 4083 4084 // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of 4085 // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask. 4086 // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant 4087 // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value. 4088 unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros(); 4089 unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros(); 4090 unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth(); 4091 APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); 4092 computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, DL, 0, AC, 4093 nullptr, DT); 4094 4095 APInt EffectiveMask = 4096 APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ); 4097 if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~KnownZero) & EffectiveMask)) { 4098 const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant( 4099 ConstantInt::get(getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ))); 4100 return getMulExpr( 4101 getZeroExtendExpr( 4102 getTruncateExpr( 4103 getUDivExactExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), MulCount), 4104 IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)), 4105 U->getType()), 4106 MulCount); 4107 } 4108 } 4109 break; 4110 4111 case Instruction::Or: 4112 // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like: 4113 // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1. Handle this as an Add so loop 4114 // optimizations will transparently handle this case. 4115 // 4116 // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the 4117 // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n. 4118 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4119 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4120 const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue(); 4121 if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >= 4122 (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) { 4123 // Build a plain add SCEV. 4124 const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI)); 4125 // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags, 4126 // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap. 4127 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 4128 const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 4129 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags( 4130 OldAR->getNoWrapFlags()); 4131 } 4132 return S; 4133 } 4134 } 4135 break; 4136 case Instruction::Xor: 4137 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4138 // If the RHS of the xor is a signbit, then this is just an add. 4139 // Instcombine turns add of signbit into xor as a strength reduction step. 4140 if (CI->getValue().isSignBit()) 4141 return getAddExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 4142 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4143 4144 // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation. 4145 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) 4146 return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 4147 4148 // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask. 4149 // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles 4150 // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out 4151 // of an xor with -1. 4152 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(U->getOperand(0))) 4153 if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) 4154 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && 4155 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue()) 4156 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z = 4157 dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)))) { 4158 Type *UTy = U->getType(); 4159 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand(); 4160 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType(); 4161 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty); 4162 4163 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to 4164 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and 4165 // re-apply the zext. 4166 if (APIntOps::isMask(Z0TySize, CI->getValue())) 4167 return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy); 4168 4169 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position 4170 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor 4171 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext. 4172 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize); 4173 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() && 4174 Trunc.isSignBit()) 4175 return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)), 4176 UTy); 4177 } 4178 } 4179 break; 4180 4181 case Instruction::Shl: 4182 // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply. 4183 if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4184 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth(); 4185 4186 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 4187 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 4188 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 4189 // other parts of the compiler. 4190 if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 4191 break; 4192 4193 Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 4194 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue())); 4195 return getMulExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X)); 4196 } 4197 break; 4198 4199 case Instruction::LShr: 4200 // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide. 4201 if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4202 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth(); 4203 4204 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 4205 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 4206 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 4207 // other parts of the compiler. 4208 if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 4209 break; 4210 4211 Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 4212 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue())); 4213 return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X)); 4214 } 4215 break; 4216 4217 case Instruction::AShr: 4218 // For a two-shift sext-inreg, use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression. 4219 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) 4220 if (Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(U->getOperand(0))) 4221 if (L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl && 4222 L->getOperand(1) == U->getOperand(1)) { 4223 uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()); 4224 4225 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 4226 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 4227 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 4228 // other parts of the compiler. 4229 if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 4230 break; 4231 4232 uint64_t Amt = BitWidth - CI->getZExtValue(); 4233 if (Amt == BitWidth) 4234 return getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)); // shift by zero --> noop 4235 return 4236 getSignExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)), 4237 IntegerType::get(getContext(), 4238 Amt)), 4239 U->getType()); 4240 } 4241 break; 4242 4243 case Instruction::Trunc: 4244 return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 4245 4246 case Instruction::ZExt: 4247 return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 4248 4249 case Instruction::SExt: 4250 return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 4251 4252 case Instruction::BitCast: 4253 // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast. 4254 if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType())) 4255 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4256 break; 4257 4258 // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can 4259 // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs, 4260 // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when 4261 // simplifying integer expressions. 4262 4263 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: 4264 return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U)); 4265 4266 case Instruction::PHI: 4267 return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U)); 4268 4269 case Instruction::Select: 4270 // This could be a smax or umax that was lowered earlier. 4271 // Try to recover it. 4272 if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U->getOperand(0))) { 4273 Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0); 4274 Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1); 4275 switch (ICI->getPredicate()) { 4276 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 4277 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 4278 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 4279 // fall through 4280 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 4281 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 4282 // a >s b ? a+x : b+x -> smax(a, b)+x 4283 // a >s b ? b+x : a+x -> smin(a, b)+x 4284 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) { 4285 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4286 const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS); 4287 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4288 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4289 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 4290 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS); 4291 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4292 return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 4293 LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS); 4294 RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 4295 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4296 return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 4297 } 4298 break; 4299 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 4300 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 4301 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 4302 // fall through 4303 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 4304 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 4305 // a >u b ? a+x : b+x -> umax(a, b)+x 4306 // a >u b ? b+x : a+x -> umin(a, b)+x 4307 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) { 4308 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4309 const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS); 4310 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4311 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4312 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 4313 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS); 4314 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4315 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 4316 LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS); 4317 RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 4318 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4319 return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 4320 } 4321 break; 4322 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 4323 // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x -> umax(n, 1)+x 4324 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() && 4325 isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && 4326 cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) { 4327 const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1); 4328 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4329 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4330 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4331 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 4332 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One); 4333 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4334 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff); 4335 } 4336 break; 4337 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 4338 // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x -> umax(n, 1)+x 4339 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() && 4340 isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && 4341 cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) { 4342 const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1); 4343 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4344 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4345 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4346 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One); 4347 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 4348 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4349 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff); 4350 } 4351 break; 4352 default: 4353 break; 4354 } 4355 } 4356 4357 default: // We cannot analyze this expression. 4358 break; 4359 } 4360 4361 return getUnknown(V); 4362 } 4363 4364 4365 4366 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4367 // Iteration Count Computation Code 4368 // 4369 4370 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L) { 4371 if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock()) 4372 return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB); 4373 4374 // No trip count information for multiple exits. 4375 return 0; 4376 } 4377 4378 /// getSmallConstantTripCount - Returns the maximum trip count of this loop as a 4379 /// normal unsigned value. Returns 0 if the trip count is unknown or not 4380 /// constant. Will also return 0 if the maximum trip count is very large (>= 4381 /// 2^32). 4382 /// 4383 /// This "trip count" assumes that control exits via ExitingBlock. More 4384 /// precisely, it is the number of times that control may reach ExitingBlock 4385 /// before taking the branch. For loops with multiple exits, it may not be the 4386 /// number times that the loop header executes because the loop may exit 4387 /// prematurely via another branch. 4388 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L, 4389 BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4390 assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!"); 4391 assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) && 4392 "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!"); 4393 const SCEVConstant *ExitCount = 4394 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock)); 4395 if (!ExitCount) 4396 return 0; 4397 4398 ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue(); 4399 4400 // Guard against huge trip counts. 4401 if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32) 4402 return 0; 4403 4404 // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct. 4405 return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1; 4406 } 4407 4408 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L) { 4409 if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock()) 4410 return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB); 4411 4412 // No trip multiple information for multiple exits. 4413 return 0; 4414 } 4415 4416 /// getSmallConstantTripMultiple - Returns the largest constant divisor of the 4417 /// trip count of this loop as a normal unsigned value, if possible. This 4418 /// means that the actual trip count is always a multiple of the returned 4419 /// value (don't forget the trip count could very well be zero as well!). 4420 /// 4421 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the 4422 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply 4423 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1 4424 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32). 4425 /// 4426 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes 4427 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock. 4428 unsigned 4429 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L, 4430 BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4431 assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!"); 4432 assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) && 4433 "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!"); 4434 const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock); 4435 if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute()) 4436 return 1; 4437 4438 // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1. 4439 const SCEV *TCMul = getAddExpr(ExitCount, 4440 getConstant(ExitCount->getType(), 1)); 4441 // FIXME: SCEV distributes multiplication as V1*C1 + V2*C1. We could attempt 4442 // to factor simple cases. 4443 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(TCMul)) 4444 TCMul = Mul->getOperand(0); 4445 4446 const SCEVConstant *MulC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCMul); 4447 if (!MulC) 4448 return 1; 4449 4450 ConstantInt *Result = MulC->getValue(); 4451 4452 // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking 4453 // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the 4454 // addition wraps). 4455 if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 || 4456 Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0) 4457 return 1; 4458 4459 return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue(); 4460 } 4461 4462 // getExitCount - Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which 4463 // this loop is guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return 4464 // SCEVCouldNotCompute. 4465 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4466 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this); 4467 } 4468 4469 /// getBackedgeTakenCount - If the specified loop has a predictable 4470 /// backedge-taken count, return it, otherwise return a SCEVCouldNotCompute 4471 /// object. The backedge-taken count is the number of times the loop header 4472 /// will be branched to from within the loop. This is one less than the 4473 /// trip count of the loop, since it doesn't count the first iteration, 4474 /// when the header is branched to from outside the loop. 4475 /// 4476 /// Note that it is not valid to call this method on a loop without a 4477 /// loop-invariant backedge-taken count (see 4478 /// hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount). 4479 /// 4480 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4481 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this); 4482 } 4483 4484 /// getMaxBackedgeTakenCount - Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except 4485 /// return the least SCEV value that is known never to be less than the 4486 /// actual backedge taken count. 4487 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4488 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this); 4489 } 4490 4491 /// PushLoopPHIs - Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop 4492 /// onto the given Worklist. 4493 static void 4494 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { 4495 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 4496 4497 // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack. 4498 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 4499 PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I) 4500 Worklist.push_back(PN); 4501 } 4502 4503 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo & 4504 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) { 4505 // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion 4506 // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and 4507 // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV 4508 // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new 4509 // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion. 4510 std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair = 4511 BackedgeTakenCounts.insert(std::make_pair(L, BackedgeTakenInfo())); 4512 if (!Pair.second) 4513 return Pair.first->second; 4514 4515 // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it 4516 // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result 4517 // must be cleared in this scope. 4518 BackedgeTakenInfo Result = ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(L); 4519 4520 if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) { 4521 assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) && 4522 isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) && 4523 "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!"); 4524 ++NumTripCountsComputed; 4525 } 4526 else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() && 4527 isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) { 4528 // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable. 4529 ++NumTripCountsNotComputed; 4530 } 4531 4532 // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any 4533 // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only 4534 // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count 4535 // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that 4536 // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially. 4537 if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) { 4538 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4539 PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist); 4540 4541 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4542 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4543 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4544 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 4545 continue; 4546 4547 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4548 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4549 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4550 const SCEV *Old = It->second; 4551 4552 // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized 4553 // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed 4554 // by createNodeForPHI. In the former case, additional loop trip 4555 // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later 4556 // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its 4557 // own when it gets to that point. 4558 if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) { 4559 forgetMemoizedResults(Old); 4560 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4561 } 4562 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4563 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4564 } 4565 4566 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4567 } 4568 } 4569 4570 // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to 4571 // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a 4572 // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different 4573 // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed 4574 // earlier. 4575 return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = Result; 4576 } 4577 4578 /// forgetLoop - This method should be called by the client when it has 4579 /// changed a loop in a way that may effect ScalarEvolution's ability to 4580 /// compute a trip count, or if the loop is deleted. 4581 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) { 4582 // Drop any stored trip count value. 4583 DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator BTCPos = 4584 BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L); 4585 if (BTCPos != BackedgeTakenCounts.end()) { 4586 BTCPos->second.clear(); 4587 BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(BTCPos); 4588 } 4589 4590 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs. 4591 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4592 PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist); 4593 4594 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4595 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4596 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4597 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 4598 continue; 4599 4600 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4601 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4602 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4603 forgetMemoizedResults(It->second); 4604 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4605 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4606 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4607 } 4608 4609 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4610 } 4611 4612 // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the 4613 // ValuesAtScopes map. 4614 for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I) 4615 forgetLoop(*I); 4616 } 4617 4618 /// forgetValue - This method should be called by the client when it has 4619 /// changed a value in a way that may effect its value, or which may 4620 /// disconnect it from a def-use chain linking it to a loop. 4621 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) { 4622 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 4623 if (!I) return; 4624 4625 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs. 4626 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4627 Worklist.push_back(I); 4628 4629 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4630 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4631 I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4632 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 4633 continue; 4634 4635 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4636 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4637 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4638 forgetMemoizedResults(It->second); 4639 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4640 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4641 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4642 } 4643 4644 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4645 } 4646 } 4647 4648 /// getExact - Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop 4649 /// exits. A computable result can only be return for loops with a single exit. 4650 /// Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect because one 4651 /// of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. HowFarToZero assumes that 4652 /// the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as 4653 /// long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it is the 4654 /// caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using 4655 /// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE). 4656 const SCEV * 4657 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4658 // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable. 4659 if (!ExitNotTaken.isCompleteList()) return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4660 4661 // We need exactly one computable exit. 4662 if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4663 assert(ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken && "uninitialized not-taken info"); 4664 4665 const SCEV *BECount = nullptr; 4666 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4667 ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 4668 4669 assert(ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV"); 4670 4671 if (!BECount) 4672 BECount = ENT->ExactNotTaken; 4673 else if (BECount != ENT->ExactNotTaken) 4674 return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4675 } 4676 assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit"); 4677 return BECount; 4678 } 4679 4680 /// getExact - Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit. 4681 const SCEV * 4682 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock, 4683 ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4684 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4685 ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 4686 4687 if (ENT->ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock) 4688 return ENT->ExactNotTaken; 4689 } 4690 return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4691 } 4692 4693 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop. 4694 const SCEV * 4695 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4696 return Max ? Max : SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4697 } 4698 4699 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, 4700 ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4701 if (Max && Max != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && SE->hasOperand(Max, S)) 4702 return true; 4703 4704 if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) 4705 return false; 4706 4707 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4708 ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 4709 4710 if (ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() 4711 && SE->hasOperand(ENT->ExactNotTaken, S)) { 4712 return true; 4713 } 4714 } 4715 return false; 4716 } 4717 4718 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each 4719 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array. 4720 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo( 4721 SmallVectorImpl< std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *> > &ExitCounts, 4722 bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount) : Max(MaxCount) { 4723 4724 if (!Complete) 4725 ExitNotTaken.setIncomplete(); 4726 4727 unsigned NumExits = ExitCounts.size(); 4728 if (NumExits == 0) return; 4729 4730 ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[0].first; 4731 ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[0].second; 4732 if (NumExits == 1) return; 4733 4734 // Handle the rare case of multiple computable exits. 4735 ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = new ExitNotTakenInfo[NumExits-1]; 4736 4737 ExitNotTakenInfo *PrevENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4738 for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumExits; ++i, PrevENT = ENT, ++ENT) { 4739 PrevENT->setNextExit(ENT); 4740 ENT->ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[i].first; 4741 ENT->ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[i].second; 4742 } 4743 } 4744 4745 /// clear - Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array. 4746 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() { 4747 ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = nullptr; 4748 ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = nullptr; 4749 delete[] ExitNotTaken.getNextExit(); 4750 } 4751 4752 /// ComputeBackedgeTakenCount - Compute the number of times the backedge 4753 /// of the specified loop will execute. 4754 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo 4755 ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4756 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks; 4757 L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks); 4758 4759 SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *>, 4> ExitCounts; 4760 bool CouldComputeBECount = true; 4761 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL. 4762 const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr; 4763 const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr; 4764 4765 // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts 4766 // and compute maxBECount. 4767 for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4768 BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i]; 4769 ExitLimit EL = ComputeExitLimit(L, ExitBB); 4770 4771 // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts. 4772 // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed. 4773 if (EL.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 4774 // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so 4775 // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop. 4776 CouldComputeBECount = false; 4777 else 4778 ExitCounts.push_back(std::make_pair(ExitBB, EL.Exact)); 4779 4780 // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of 4781 // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds: 4782 // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits. 4783 // 4784 // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it 4785 // is a LoopMayExit. If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then 4786 // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.Max of computable LoopMustExits. Otherwise, 4787 // MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum EL.Max, where CouldNotCompute is 4788 // considered greater than any computable EL.Max. 4789 if (EL.Max != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch && 4790 DT->dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) { 4791 if (!MustExitMaxBECount) 4792 MustExitMaxBECount = EL.Max; 4793 else { 4794 MustExitMaxBECount = 4795 getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.Max); 4796 } 4797 } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) { 4798 if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4799 MayExitMaxBECount = EL.Max; 4800 else { 4801 MayExitMaxBECount = 4802 getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.Max); 4803 } 4804 } 4805 } 4806 const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount : 4807 (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute()); 4808 return BackedgeTakenInfo(ExitCounts, CouldComputeBECount, MaxBECount); 4809 } 4810 4811 /// ComputeExitLimit - Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified 4812 /// loop will execute if it exits via the specified block. 4813 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 4814 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4815 4816 // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block. See what condition causes us to 4817 // exit at this block and remember the exit block and whether all other targets 4818 // lead to the loop header. 4819 bool MustExecuteLoopHeader = true; 4820 BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr; 4821 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(ExitingBlock), SE = succ_end(ExitingBlock); 4822 SI != SE; ++SI) 4823 if (!L->contains(*SI)) { 4824 if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors. 4825 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4826 Exit = *SI; 4827 } else if (*SI != L->getHeader()) { 4828 MustExecuteLoopHeader = false; 4829 } 4830 4831 // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether 4832 // the loop is exited. However, we don't know if the branch is executed each 4833 // time through the loop. If not, then the execution count of the branch will 4834 // not be equal to the trip count of the loop. 4835 // 4836 // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to 4837 // the loop header. If so, we know it will always execute the same number of 4838 // times as the loop. We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the 4839 // loop header. This is common for un-rotated loops. 4840 // 4841 // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the 4842 // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the 4843 // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the 4844 // trip count of the loop. 4845 // 4846 // More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here. 4847 // 4848 if (!MustExecuteLoopHeader && ExitingBlock != L->getHeader()) { 4849 // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain 4850 // up to the header. 4851 bool Ok = false; 4852 for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitingBlock; BB; ) { 4853 BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor(); 4854 if (!Pred) 4855 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4856 TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator(); 4857 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PredTerm->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) { 4858 BasicBlock *PredSucc = PredTerm->getSuccessor(i); 4859 if (PredSucc == BB) 4860 continue; 4861 // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't 4862 // outside the loop, assume the worst. 4863 if (L->contains(PredSucc)) 4864 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4865 } 4866 if (Pred == L->getHeader()) { 4867 Ok = true; 4868 break; 4869 } 4870 BB = Pred; 4871 } 4872 if (!Ok) 4873 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4874 } 4875 4876 bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr); 4877 TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator(); 4878 if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) { 4879 assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!"); 4880 // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression. 4881 return ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BI->getCondition(), BI->getSuccessor(0), 4882 BI->getSuccessor(1), 4883 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit); 4884 } 4885 4886 if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term)) 4887 return ComputeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit, 4888 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit); 4889 4890 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4891 } 4892 4893 /// ComputeExitLimitFromCond - Compute the number of times the 4894 /// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition 4895 /// were a conditional branch of ExitCond, TBB, and FBB. 4896 /// 4897 /// @param ControlsExit is true if ExitCond directly controls the exit 4898 /// branch. In this case, we can assume that the loop exits only if the 4899 /// condition is true and can infer that failing to meet the condition prior to 4900 /// integer wraparound results in undefined behavior. 4901 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 4902 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromCond(const Loop *L, 4903 Value *ExitCond, 4904 BasicBlock *TBB, 4905 BasicBlock *FBB, 4906 bool ControlsExit) { 4907 // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or. 4908 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) { 4909 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { 4910 // Recurse on the operands of the and. 4911 bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(TBB); 4912 ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, 4913 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 4914 ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, 4915 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 4916 const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4917 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4918 if (EitherMayExit) { 4919 // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing. 4920 // Choose the less conservative count. 4921 if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() || 4922 EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 4923 BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4924 else 4925 BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact); 4926 if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4927 MaxBECount = EL1.Max; 4928 else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4929 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4930 else 4931 MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max); 4932 } else { 4933 // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit. 4934 // For now, be conservative. 4935 assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!"); 4936 if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max) 4937 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4938 if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact) 4939 BECount = EL0.Exact; 4940 } 4941 4942 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 4943 } 4944 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { 4945 // Recurse on the operands of the or. 4946 bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(FBB); 4947 ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, 4948 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 4949 ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, 4950 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 4951 const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4952 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4953 if (EitherMayExit) { 4954 // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing. 4955 // Choose the less conservative count. 4956 if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() || 4957 EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 4958 BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4959 else 4960 BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact); 4961 if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4962 MaxBECount = EL1.Max; 4963 else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4964 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4965 else 4966 MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max); 4967 } else { 4968 // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit. 4969 // For now, be conservative. 4970 assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!"); 4971 if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max) 4972 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4973 if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact) 4974 BECount = EL0.Exact; 4975 } 4976 4977 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 4978 } 4979 } 4980 4981 // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count. 4982 // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp. 4983 if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) 4984 return ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit); 4985 4986 // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by 4987 // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to 4988 // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions 4989 // in place. 4990 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) { 4991 if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue()) 4992 // The backedge is always taken. 4993 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4994 else 4995 // The backedge is never taken. 4996 return getConstant(CI->getType(), 0); 4997 } 4998 4999 // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way. 5000 return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB)); 5001 } 5002 5003 /// ComputeExitLimitFromICmp - Compute the number of times the 5004 /// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition 5005 /// were a conditional branch of the ICmpInst ExitCond, TBB, and FBB. 5006 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5007 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L, 5008 ICmpInst *ExitCond, 5009 BasicBlock *TBB, 5010 BasicBlock *FBB, 5011 bool ControlsExit) { 5012 5013 // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false 5014 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond; 5015 if (!L->contains(FBB)) 5016 Cond = ExitCond->getPredicate(); 5017 else 5018 Cond = ExitCond->getInversePredicate(); 5019 5020 // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X) 5021 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0))) 5022 if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) { 5023 ExitLimit ItCnt = 5024 ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Cond); 5025 if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo()) 5026 return ItCnt; 5027 } 5028 5029 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0)); 5030 const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1)); 5031 5032 // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop. 5033 LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L); 5034 RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L); 5035 5036 // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the 5037 // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs. 5038 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) { 5039 // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS. 5040 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 5041 Cond = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond); 5042 } 5043 5044 // Simplify the operands before analyzing them. 5045 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS); 5046 5047 // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value 5048 // ranges to answer this query. 5049 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) 5050 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) 5051 if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) { 5052 // Form the constant range. 5053 ConstantRange CompRange( 5054 ICmpInst::makeConstantRange(Cond, RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 5055 5056 const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this); 5057 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret; 5058 } 5059 5060 switch (Cond) { 5061 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: { // while (X != Y) 5062 // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0) 5063 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit); 5064 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5065 break; 5066 } 5067 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: { // while (X == Y) 5068 // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0) 5069 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L); 5070 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5071 break; 5072 } 5073 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 5074 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { // while (X < Y) 5075 bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 5076 ExitLimit EL = HowManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit); 5077 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5078 break; 5079 } 5080 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 5081 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: { // while (X > Y) 5082 bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 5083 ExitLimit EL = HowManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit); 5084 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5085 break; 5086 } 5087 default: 5088 #if 0 5089 dbgs() << "ComputeBackedgeTakenCount "; 5090 if (ExitCond->getOperand(0)->getType()->isUnsigned()) 5091 dbgs() << "[unsigned] "; 5092 dbgs() << *LHS << " " 5093 << Instruction::getOpcodeName(Instruction::ICmp) 5094 << " " << *RHS << "\n"; 5095 #endif 5096 break; 5097 } 5098 return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB)); 5099 } 5100 5101 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5102 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L, 5103 SwitchInst *Switch, 5104 BasicBlock *ExitingBlock, 5105 bool ControlsExit) { 5106 assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!"); 5107 5108 // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch. 5109 if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock) 5110 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5111 5112 assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) && 5113 "Default case must not exit the loop!"); 5114 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L); 5115 const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock)); 5116 5117 // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0) 5118 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit); 5119 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) 5120 return EL; 5121 5122 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5123 } 5124 5125 static ConstantInt * 5126 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C, 5127 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 5128 const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C); 5129 const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE); 5130 assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) && 5131 "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?"); 5132 return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue(); 5133 } 5134 5135 /// ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit - Given an exit condition of 5136 /// 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can compute the backedge 5137 /// execution count. 5138 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5139 ScalarEvolution::ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit( 5140 LoadInst *LI, 5141 Constant *RHS, 5142 const Loop *L, 5143 ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) { 5144 5145 if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5146 5147 // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global. 5148 // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs. 5149 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0)); 5150 if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5151 5152 // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an 5153 // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0. 5154 GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0)); 5155 if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() || 5156 GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) || 5157 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue()) 5158 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5159 5160 // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction. 5161 Value *VarIdx = nullptr; 5162 std::vector<Constant*> Indexes; 5163 unsigned VarIdxNum = 0; 5164 for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 5165 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) { 5166 Indexes.push_back(CI); 5167 } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) { 5168 if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute(); // Multiple non-constant idx's. 5169 VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i); 5170 VarIdxNum = i-2; 5171 Indexes.push_back(nullptr); 5172 } 5173 5174 // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them. 5175 if (!VarIdx) 5176 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5177 5178 // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant. 5179 // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now. 5180 const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx); 5181 Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L); 5182 5183 // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in 5184 // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}. 5185 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx); 5186 if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) || 5187 !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) || 5188 !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1))) 5189 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5190 5191 unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations; 5192 for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) { 5193 ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get( 5194 cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum); 5195 ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this); 5196 5197 // Form the GEP offset. 5198 Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val; 5199 5200 Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(), 5201 Indexes); 5202 if (!Result) break; // Cannot compute! 5203 5204 // Evaluate the condition for this iteration. 5205 Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS); 5206 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break; // Couldn't decide for sure 5207 if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) { 5208 #if 0 5209 dbgs() << "\n***\n*** Computed loop count " << *ItCst 5210 << "\n*** From global " << *GV << "*** BB: " << *L->getHeader() 5211 << "***\n"; 5212 #endif 5213 ++NumArrayLenItCounts; 5214 return getConstant(ItCst); // Found terminating iteration! 5215 } 5216 } 5217 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5218 } 5219 5220 5221 /// CanConstantFold - Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the 5222 /// specified type, assuming that all operands were constants. 5223 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) { 5224 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) || 5225 isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) || 5226 isa<LoadInst>(I)) 5227 return true; 5228 5229 if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) 5230 if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction()) 5231 return canConstantFoldCallTo(F); 5232 return false; 5233 } 5234 5235 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop 5236 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve. 5237 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) { 5238 // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI. 5239 if (!L->contains(I)) return false; 5240 5241 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) { 5242 if (L->getHeader() == I->getParent()) 5243 return true; 5244 else 5245 // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate 5246 // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops. 5247 return false; 5248 } 5249 5250 // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands 5251 // are constants, bail early. 5252 return CanConstantFold(I); 5253 } 5254 5255 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by 5256 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi. 5257 static PHINode * 5258 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L, 5259 DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap) { 5260 5261 // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are 5262 // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves. 5263 PHINode *PHI = nullptr; 5264 for (Instruction::op_iterator OpI = UseInst->op_begin(), 5265 OpE = UseInst->op_end(); OpI != OpE; ++OpI) { 5266 5267 if (isa<Constant>(*OpI)) continue; 5268 5269 Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*OpI); 5270 if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr; 5271 5272 PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst); 5273 if (!P) 5274 // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result. 5275 // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the 5276 // inconsistent paths meet. 5277 P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst); 5278 if (!P) { 5279 // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not. 5280 // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap. 5281 P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap); 5282 PHIMap[OpInst] = P; 5283 } 5284 if (!P) 5285 return nullptr; // Not evolving from PHI 5286 if (PHI && PHI != P) 5287 return nullptr; // Evolving from multiple different PHIs. 5288 PHI = P; 5289 } 5290 // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI! 5291 return PHI; 5292 } 5293 5294 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node 5295 /// in the loop that V is derived from. We allow arbitrary operations along the 5296 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value 5297 /// derived from a constant PHI. If this expression does not fit with these 5298 /// constraints, return null. 5299 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) { 5300 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 5301 if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr; 5302 5303 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) { 5304 return PN; 5305 } 5306 5307 // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop. 5308 DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap; 5309 return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap); 5310 } 5311 5312 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the 5313 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node 5314 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal. If we can't fold this expression for some 5315 /// reason, return null. 5316 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L, 5317 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals, 5318 const DataLayout *DL, 5319 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { 5320 // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls. 5321 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C; 5322 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 5323 if (!I) return nullptr; 5324 5325 if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C; 5326 5327 // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we 5328 // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop. 5329 if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr; 5330 5331 // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop, 5332 // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we 5333 // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time. 5334 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr; 5335 5336 std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands()); 5337 5338 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5339 Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)); 5340 if (!Operand) { 5341 Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i)); 5342 if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr; 5343 continue; 5344 } 5345 Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI); 5346 Vals[Operand] = C; 5347 if (!C) return nullptr; 5348 Operands[i] = C; 5349 } 5350 5351 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) 5352 return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0], 5353 Operands[1], DL, TLI); 5354 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 5355 if (!LI->isVolatile()) 5356 return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL); 5357 } 5358 return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), Operands, DL, 5359 TLI); 5360 } 5361 5362 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is 5363 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a 5364 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence 5365 /// involving constants, fold it. 5366 Constant * 5367 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN, 5368 const APInt &BEs, 5369 const Loop *L) { 5370 DenseMap<PHINode*, Constant*>::const_iterator I = 5371 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN); 5372 if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end()) 5373 return I->second; 5374 5375 if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations)) 5376 return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr; // Not going to evaluate it. 5377 5378 Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN]; 5379 5380 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals; 5381 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 5382 assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!"); 5383 5384 // Since the loop is canonicalized, the PHI node must have two entries. One 5385 // entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the 5386 // second must be derived from the same PHI. 5387 bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1)); 5388 PHINode *PHI = nullptr; 5389 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 5390 (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) { 5391 Constant *StartCST = 5392 dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge)); 5393 if (!StartCST) continue; 5394 CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST; 5395 } 5396 if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN)) 5397 return RetVal = nullptr; 5398 5399 Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge); 5400 5401 // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value. 5402 if (BEs.getActiveBits() >= 32) 5403 return RetVal = nullptr; // More than 2^32-1 iterations?? Not doing it! 5404 5405 unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range 5406 unsigned IterationNum = 0; 5407 for (; ; ++IterationNum) { 5408 if (IterationNum == NumIterations) 5409 return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN]; // Got exit value! 5410 5411 // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration. 5412 // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map. 5413 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals; 5414 Constant *NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, 5415 TLI); 5416 if (!NextPHI) 5417 return nullptr; // Couldn't evaluate! 5418 NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI; 5419 5420 bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN]; 5421 5422 // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes. However, we don't get to stop if we 5423 // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving, 5424 // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN. 5425 SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute; 5426 for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator 5427 I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){ 5428 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first); 5429 if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue; 5430 PHIsToCompute.push_back(std::make_pair(PHI, I->second)); 5431 } 5432 // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any 5433 // iterators into CurrentIterVals. 5434 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant*> >::const_iterator 5435 I = PHIsToCompute.begin(), E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5436 PHINode *PHI = I->first; 5437 Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI]; 5438 if (!NextPHI) { // Not already computed. 5439 Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge); 5440 NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI); 5441 } 5442 if (NextPHI != I->second) 5443 StoppedEvolving = false; 5444 } 5445 5446 // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop 5447 // iterating, the loop can't continue to change. 5448 if (StoppedEvolving) 5449 return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN]; 5450 5451 CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals); 5452 } 5453 } 5454 5455 /// ComputeExitCountExhaustively - If the loop is known to execute a 5456 /// constant number of times (the condition evolves only from constants), 5457 /// try to evaluate a few iterations of the loop until we get the exit 5458 /// condition gets a value of ExitWhen (true or false). If we cannot 5459 /// evaluate the trip count of the loop, return getCouldNotCompute(). 5460 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L, 5461 Value *Cond, 5462 bool ExitWhen) { 5463 PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L); 5464 if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5465 5466 // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries. 5467 // That's the only form we support here. 5468 if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5469 5470 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals; 5471 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 5472 assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!"); 5473 5474 // One entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the 5475 // second must be derived from the same PHI. 5476 bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1)); 5477 PHINode *PHI = nullptr; 5478 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 5479 (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) { 5480 Constant *StartCST = 5481 dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge)); 5482 if (!StartCST) continue; 5483 CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST; 5484 } 5485 if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN)) 5486 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5487 5488 // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop. Execute 5489 // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of 5490 // "ExitWhen". 5491 5492 unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations; // Limit analysis. 5493 for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){ 5494 ConstantInt *CondVal = 5495 dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, 5496 DL, TLI)); 5497 5498 // Couldn't symbolically evaluate. 5499 if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5500 5501 if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) { 5502 ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed; 5503 return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum); 5504 } 5505 5506 // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration. 5507 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals; 5508 5509 // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before 5510 // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators 5511 // into CurrentIterVals. 5512 SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute; 5513 for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator 5514 I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){ 5515 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first); 5516 if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue; 5517 PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI); 5518 } 5519 for (SmallVectorImpl<PHINode *>::const_iterator I = PHIsToCompute.begin(), 5520 E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5521 PHINode *PHI = *I; 5522 Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI]; 5523 if (NextPHI) continue; // Already computed! 5524 5525 Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge); 5526 NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI); 5527 } 5528 CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals); 5529 } 5530 5531 // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate. 5532 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5533 } 5534 5535 /// getSCEVAtScope - Return a SCEV expression for the specified value 5536 /// at the specified scope in the program. The L value specifies a loop 5537 /// nest to evaluate the expression at, where null is the top-level or a 5538 /// specified loop is immediately inside of the loop. 5539 /// 5540 /// This method can be used to compute the exit value for a variable defined 5541 /// in a loop by querying what the value will hold in the parent loop. 5542 /// 5543 /// In the case that a relevant loop exit value cannot be computed, the 5544 /// original value V is returned. 5545 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 5546 // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before. 5547 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values = ValuesAtScopes[V]; 5548 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 5549 if (Values[u].first == L) 5550 return Values[u].second ? Values[u].second : V; 5551 } 5552 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, static_cast<const SCEV *>(nullptr))); 5553 // Otherwise compute it. 5554 const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L); 5555 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values2 = ValuesAtScopes[V]; 5556 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 5557 if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) { 5558 Values2[u - 1].second = C; 5559 break; 5560 } 5561 } 5562 return C; 5563 } 5564 5565 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface. That way, we 5566 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a 5567 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt. 5568 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant. 5569 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 5570 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) { 5571 case scCouldNotCompute: 5572 case scAddRecExpr: 5573 break; 5574 case scConstant: 5575 return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue(); 5576 case scUnknown: 5577 return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue()); 5578 case scSignExtend: { 5579 const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V); 5580 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand())) 5581 return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType()); 5582 break; 5583 } 5584 case scZeroExtend: { 5585 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V); 5586 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand())) 5587 return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType()); 5588 break; 5589 } 5590 case scTruncate: { 5591 const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V); 5592 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand())) 5593 return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType()); 5594 break; 5595 } 5596 case scAddExpr: { 5597 const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V); 5598 if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) { 5599 if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) { 5600 unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace(); 5601 Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS); 5602 C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy); 5603 } 5604 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5605 Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i)); 5606 if (!C2) return nullptr; 5607 5608 // First pointer! 5609 if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 5610 unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); 5611 std::swap(C, C2); 5612 Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS); 5613 // The offsets have been converted to bytes. We can add bytes to an 5614 // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index. 5615 C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy); 5616 } 5617 5618 // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't 5619 // statically compute a load that results from it anyway. 5620 if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) 5621 return nullptr; 5622 5623 if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) { 5624 if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy()) 5625 C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast( 5626 C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true); 5627 C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, C2); 5628 } else 5629 C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2); 5630 } 5631 return C; 5632 } 5633 break; 5634 } 5635 case scMulExpr: { 5636 const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V); 5637 if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) { 5638 // Don't bother with pointers at all. 5639 if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr; 5640 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5641 Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i)); 5642 if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr; 5643 C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2); 5644 } 5645 return C; 5646 } 5647 break; 5648 } 5649 case scUDivExpr: { 5650 const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V); 5651 if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS())) 5652 if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS())) 5653 if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType()) 5654 return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS); 5655 break; 5656 } 5657 case scSMaxExpr: 5658 case scUMaxExpr: 5659 break; // TODO: smax, umax. 5660 } 5661 return nullptr; 5662 } 5663 5664 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 5665 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V; 5666 5667 // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the 5668 // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs. 5669 if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) { 5670 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) { 5671 const Loop *LI = (*this->LI)[I->getParent()]; 5672 if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L) // Looking for loop exit value. 5673 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 5674 if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) { 5675 // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node. Check 5676 // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken 5677 // count. If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit 5678 // value. 5679 const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI); 5680 if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC = 5681 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) { 5682 // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes. If 5683 // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at 5684 // the specified iteration number. 5685 Constant *RV = getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, 5686 BTCC->getValue()->getValue(), 5687 LI); 5688 if (RV) return getSCEV(RV); 5689 } 5690 } 5691 5692 // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate 5693 // into a SCEV. Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate 5694 // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the 5695 // result. This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values. 5696 if (CanConstantFold(I)) { 5697 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands; 5698 bool MadeImprovement = false; 5699 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5700 Value *Op = I->getOperand(i); 5701 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) { 5702 Operands.push_back(C); 5703 continue; 5704 } 5705 5706 // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are 5707 // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them 5708 // with scev techniques. 5709 if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType())) 5710 return V; 5711 5712 const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op); 5713 const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L); 5714 MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV; 5715 5716 Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV); 5717 if (!C) return V; 5718 if (C->getType() != Op->getType()) 5719 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false, 5720 Op->getType(), 5721 false), 5722 C, Op->getType()); 5723 Operands.push_back(C); 5724 } 5725 5726 // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement. 5727 if (MadeImprovement) { 5728 Constant *C = nullptr; 5729 if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) 5730 C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), 5731 Operands[0], Operands[1], DL, 5732 TLI); 5733 else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 5734 if (!LI->isVolatile()) 5735 C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL); 5736 } else 5737 C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), 5738 Operands, DL, TLI); 5739 if (!C) return V; 5740 return getSCEV(C); 5741 } 5742 } 5743 } 5744 5745 // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it. 5746 return V; 5747 } 5748 5749 if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) { 5750 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified 5751 // expression has no loop-variant portions. 5752 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5753 const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L); 5754 if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) { 5755 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be 5756 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression. 5757 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(), 5758 Comm->op_begin()+i); 5759 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 5760 5761 for (++i; i != e; ++i) { 5762 OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L); 5763 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 5764 } 5765 if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm)) 5766 return getAddExpr(NewOps); 5767 if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm)) 5768 return getMulExpr(NewOps); 5769 if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm)) 5770 return getSMaxExpr(NewOps); 5771 if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm)) 5772 return getUMaxExpr(NewOps); 5773 llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!"); 5774 } 5775 } 5776 // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant. 5777 return Comm; 5778 } 5779 5780 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) { 5781 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L); 5782 const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L); 5783 if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS()) 5784 return Div; // must be loop invariant 5785 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 5786 } 5787 5788 // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we 5789 // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop. 5790 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) { 5791 // First, attempt to evaluate each operand. 5792 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified 5793 // expression has no loop-variant portions. 5794 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5795 const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L); 5796 if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i)) 5797 continue; 5798 5799 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be 5800 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression. 5801 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 5802 AddRec->op_begin()+i); 5803 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 5804 for (++i; i != e; ++i) 5805 NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L)); 5806 5807 const SCEV *FoldedRec = 5808 getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(), 5809 AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)); 5810 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec); 5811 // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the 5812 // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go 5813 // ahead and return the folded value. 5814 if (!AddRec) 5815 return FoldedRec; 5816 break; 5817 } 5818 5819 // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the 5820 // loop exit value of the addrec. 5821 if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) { 5822 // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec 5823 // loop iterates. Compute this now. 5824 const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 5825 if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec; 5826 5827 // Then, evaluate the AddRec. 5828 return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this); 5829 } 5830 5831 return AddRec; 5832 } 5833 5834 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) { 5835 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 5836 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 5837 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 5838 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 5839 } 5840 5841 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) { 5842 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 5843 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 5844 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 5845 return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 5846 } 5847 5848 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) { 5849 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 5850 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 5851 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 5852 return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 5853 } 5854 5855 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!"); 5856 } 5857 5858 /// getSCEVAtScope - This is a convenience function which does 5859 /// getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L). 5860 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) { 5861 return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L); 5862 } 5863 5864 /// SolveLinEquationWithOverflow - Finds the minimum unsigned root of the 5865 /// following equation: 5866 /// 5867 /// A * X = B (mod N) 5868 /// 5869 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of 5870 /// A and B isn't important. 5871 /// 5872 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned. 5873 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, 5874 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 5875 uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth(); 5876 assert(BW == B.getBitWidth() && "Bit widths must be the same."); 5877 assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero."); 5878 5879 // 1. D = gcd(A, N) 5880 // 5881 // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of 5882 // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity 5883 uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros(); 5884 // D = 2^Mult2 5885 5886 // 2. Check if B is divisible by D. 5887 // 5888 // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B 5889 // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D. 5890 if (B.countTrailingZeros() < Mult2) 5891 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5892 5893 // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic 5894 // modulo (N / D). 5895 // 5896 // (N / D) may need BW+1 bits in its representation. Hence, we'll use this 5897 // bit width during computations. 5898 APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1); // AD = A / D 5899 APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0); 5900 Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2); // Mod = N / D 5901 APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod); 5902 5903 // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation: 5904 // I * (B / D) mod (N / D) 5905 APInt Result = (I * B.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1)).urem(Mod); 5906 5907 // The result is guaranteed to be less than 2^BW so we may truncate it to BW 5908 // bits. 5909 return SE.getConstant(Result.trunc(BW)); 5910 } 5911 5912 /// SolveQuadraticEquation - Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the 5913 /// given quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N}. This returns either the two roots (which 5914 /// might be the same) or two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects. 5915 /// 5916 static std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> 5917 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) { 5918 assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!"); 5919 const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0)); 5920 const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1)); 5921 const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2)); 5922 5923 // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants. 5924 if (!LC || !MC || !NC) { 5925 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5926 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 5927 } 5928 5929 uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getValue()->getValue().getBitWidth(); 5930 const APInt &L = LC->getValue()->getValue(); 5931 const APInt &M = MC->getValue()->getValue(); 5932 const APInt &N = NC->getValue()->getValue(); 5933 APInt Two(BitWidth, 2); 5934 APInt Four(BitWidth, 4); 5935 5936 { 5937 using namespace APIntOps; 5938 const APInt& C = L; 5939 // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C 5940 // The B coefficient is M-N/2 5941 APInt B(M); 5942 B -= sdiv(N,Two); 5943 5944 // The A coefficient is N/2 5945 APInt A(N.sdiv(Two)); 5946 5947 // Compute the B^2-4ac term. 5948 APInt SqrtTerm(B); 5949 SqrtTerm *= B; 5950 SqrtTerm -= Four * (A * C); 5951 5952 if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) { 5953 // The loop is provably infinite. 5954 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5955 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 5956 } 5957 5958 // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest 5959 // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert. 5960 APInt SqrtVal(SqrtTerm.sqrt()); 5961 5962 // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula. 5963 // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions. 5964 APInt NegB(-B); 5965 APInt TwoA(A << 1); 5966 if (TwoA.isMinValue()) { 5967 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5968 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 5969 } 5970 5971 LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext(); 5972 5973 ConstantInt *Solution1 = 5974 ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA)); 5975 ConstantInt *Solution2 = 5976 ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA)); 5977 5978 return std::make_pair(SE.getConstant(Solution1), 5979 SE.getConstant(Solution2)); 5980 } // end APIntOps namespace 5981 } 5982 5983 /// HowFarToZero - Return the number of times a backedge comparing the specified 5984 /// value to zero will execute. If not computable, return CouldNotCompute. 5985 /// 5986 /// This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition is 5987 /// now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is 5988 /// effectively V != 0. We know and take advantage of the fact that this 5989 /// expression only being used in a comparison by zero context. 5990 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5991 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit) { 5992 // If the value is a constant 5993 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) { 5994 // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times. 5995 if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C; 5996 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely. 5997 } 5998 5999 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V); 6000 if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L) 6001 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6002 6003 // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of 6004 // the quadratic equation to solve it. 6005 if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) { 6006 std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots = 6007 SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this); 6008 const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first); 6009 const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second); 6010 if (R1 && R2) { 6011 #if 0 6012 dbgs() << "HFTZ: " << *V << " - sol#1: " << *R1 6013 << " sol#2: " << *R2 << "\n"; 6014 #endif 6015 // Pick the smallest positive root value. 6016 if (ConstantInt *CB = 6017 dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(CmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 6018 R1->getValue(), 6019 R2->getValue()))) { 6020 if (CB->getZExtValue() == false) 6021 std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now. 6022 6023 // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero 6024 // value at this index. When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we 6025 // should not accept a root of 2. 6026 const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this); 6027 if (Val->isZero()) 6028 return R1; // We found a quadratic root! 6029 } 6030 } 6031 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6032 } 6033 6034 // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine. 6035 if (!AddRec->isAffine()) 6036 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6037 6038 // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is 6039 // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation: 6040 // 6041 // Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW) 6042 // 6043 // equivalent to: 6044 // 6045 // Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW) 6046 // 6047 // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step. 6048 6049 // Get the initial value for the loop. 6050 const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop()); 6051 const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop()); 6052 6053 // For now we handle only constant steps. 6054 // 6055 // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the 6056 // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap 6057 // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step. 6058 // We have not yet seen any such cases. 6059 const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step); 6060 if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(0)) 6061 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6062 6063 // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow): 6064 // N = -Start/Step (as unsigned) 6065 // For negative steps (counting down to zero): 6066 // N = Start/-Step 6067 // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step. 6068 bool CountDown = StepC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative(); 6069 const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start); 6070 6071 // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound. 6072 // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so: 6073 // N = Distance (as unsigned) 6074 if (StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(1) || StepC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue()) { 6075 ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(Start); 6076 const SCEV *MaxBECount; 6077 if (!CountDown && CR.getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) 6078 // When counting up, the worst starting value is 1, not 0. 6079 MaxBECount = CR.getUnsignedMax().isMinValue() 6080 ? getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(CR.getBitWidth())) 6081 : getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(CR.getBitWidth())); 6082 else 6083 MaxBECount = getConstant(CountDown ? CR.getUnsignedMax() 6084 : -CR.getUnsignedMin()); 6085 return ExitLimit(Distance, MaxBECount); 6086 } 6087 6088 // As a special case, handle the instance where Step is a positive power of 6089 // two. In this case, determining whether Step divides Distance evenly can be 6090 // done by counting and comparing the number of trailing zeros of Step and 6091 // Distance. 6092 if (!CountDown) { 6093 const APInt &StepV = StepC->getValue()->getValue(); 6094 // StepV.isPowerOf2() returns true if StepV is an positive power of two. It 6095 // also returns true if StepV is maximally negative (eg, INT_MIN), but that 6096 // case is not handled as this code is guarded by !CountDown. 6097 if (StepV.isPowerOf2() && 6098 GetMinTrailingZeros(Distance) >= StepV.countTrailingZeros()) 6099 return getUDivExactExpr(Distance, Step); 6100 } 6101 6102 // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression 6103 // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to 6104 // compute the backedge count. In this case, the step may not divide the 6105 // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop 6106 // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping. 6107 if (ControlsExit && AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)) { 6108 const SCEV *Exact = 6109 getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step); 6110 return ExitLimit(Exact, Exact); 6111 } 6112 6113 // Then, try to solve the above equation provided that Start is constant. 6114 if (const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start)) 6115 return SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getValue()->getValue(), 6116 -StartC->getValue()->getValue(), 6117 *this); 6118 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6119 } 6120 6121 /// HowFarToNonZero - Return the number of times a backedge checking the 6122 /// specified value for nonzero will execute. If not computable, return 6123 /// CouldNotCompute 6124 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 6125 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 6126 // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed. We don't 6127 // handle them yet except for the trivial case. This could be expanded in the 6128 // future as needed. 6129 6130 // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero 6131 // already. If so, the backedge will execute zero times. 6132 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) { 6133 if (!C->getValue()->isNullValue()) 6134 return getConstant(C->getType(), 0); 6135 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely. 6136 } 6137 6138 // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like 6139 // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded. 6140 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6141 } 6142 6143 /// getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB - Return a predecessor of BB 6144 /// (which may not be an immediate predecessor) which has exactly one 6145 /// successor from which BB is reachable, or null if no such block is 6146 /// found. 6147 /// 6148 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> 6149 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) { 6150 // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the 6151 // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge 6152 // from the predecessor to the block. 6153 if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor()) 6154 return std::make_pair(Pred, BB); 6155 6156 // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop. 6157 // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be 6158 // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop. 6159 if (Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(BB)) 6160 return std::make_pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()); 6161 6162 return std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>(); 6163 } 6164 6165 /// HasSameValue - SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for 6166 /// testing whether two expressions are equal, however for the purposes of 6167 /// looking for a condition guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little 6168 /// more general, since a front-end may have replicated the controlling 6169 /// expression. 6170 /// 6171 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) { 6172 // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV. 6173 if (A == B) return true; 6174 6175 // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold 6176 // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case. 6177 if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A)) 6178 if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B)) 6179 if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue())) 6180 if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue())) 6181 if (AI->isIdenticalTo(BI) && !AI->mayReadFromMemory()) 6182 return true; 6183 6184 // Otherwise assume they may have a different value. 6185 return false; 6186 } 6187 6188 /// SimplifyICmpOperands - Simplify LHS and RHS in a comparison with 6189 /// predicate Pred. Return true iff any changes were made. 6190 /// 6191 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred, 6192 const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS, 6193 unsigned Depth) { 6194 bool Changed = false; 6195 6196 // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out. 6197 if (Depth >= 3) 6198 return false; 6199 6200 // Canonicalize a constant to the right side. 6201 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) { 6202 // Check for both operands constant. 6203 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 6204 if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred, 6205 LHSC->getValue(), 6206 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue()) 6207 goto trivially_false; 6208 else 6209 goto trivially_true; 6210 } 6211 // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right. 6212 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6213 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 6214 Changed = true; 6215 } 6216 6217 // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the 6218 // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check, 6219 // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop. 6220 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) { 6221 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 6222 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) { 6223 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6224 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 6225 Changed = true; 6226 } 6227 } 6228 6229 // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary 6230 // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons. 6231 if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 6232 const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue(); 6233 switch (Pred) { 6234 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 6235 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 6236 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 6237 // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b. 6238 if (!RA) 6239 if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) 6240 if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0))) 6241 if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 && 6242 ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) { 6243 RHS = AE->getOperand(1); 6244 LHS = ME->getOperand(1); 6245 Changed = true; 6246 } 6247 break; 6248 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6249 if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) { 6250 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6251 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6252 Changed = true; 6253 break; 6254 } 6255 if (RA.isMaxValue()) { 6256 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6257 Changed = true; 6258 break; 6259 } 6260 if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_true; 6261 6262 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6263 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6264 Changed = true; 6265 break; 6266 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6267 if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) { 6268 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6269 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6270 Changed = true; 6271 break; 6272 } 6273 if (RA.isMinValue()) { 6274 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6275 Changed = true; 6276 break; 6277 } 6278 if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_true; 6279 6280 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6281 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6282 Changed = true; 6283 break; 6284 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6285 if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) { 6286 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6287 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6288 Changed = true; 6289 break; 6290 } 6291 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) { 6292 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6293 Changed = true; 6294 break; 6295 } 6296 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_true; 6297 6298 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6299 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6300 Changed = true; 6301 break; 6302 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6303 if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) { 6304 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6305 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6306 Changed = true; 6307 break; 6308 } 6309 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) { 6310 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6311 Changed = true; 6312 break; 6313 } 6314 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_true; 6315 6316 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6317 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6318 Changed = true; 6319 break; 6320 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6321 if (RA.isMinValue()) { 6322 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6323 Changed = true; 6324 break; 6325 } 6326 if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) { 6327 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6328 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6329 Changed = true; 6330 break; 6331 } 6332 if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_false; 6333 break; 6334 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 6335 if (RA.isMaxValue()) { 6336 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6337 Changed = true; 6338 break; 6339 } 6340 if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) { 6341 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6342 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6343 Changed = true; 6344 break; 6345 } 6346 if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_false; 6347 break; 6348 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6349 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) { 6350 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6351 Changed = true; 6352 break; 6353 } 6354 if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) { 6355 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6356 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6357 Changed = true; 6358 break; 6359 } 6360 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_false; 6361 break; 6362 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 6363 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) { 6364 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6365 Changed = true; 6366 break; 6367 } 6368 if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) { 6369 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6370 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6371 Changed = true; 6372 break; 6373 } 6374 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_false; 6375 break; 6376 } 6377 } 6378 6379 // Check for obvious equality. 6380 if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) { 6381 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred)) 6382 goto trivially_true; 6383 if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred)) 6384 goto trivially_false; 6385 } 6386 6387 // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by 6388 // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands. 6389 switch (Pred) { 6390 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6391 if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) { 6392 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS, 6393 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6394 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6395 Changed = true; 6396 } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) { 6397 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS, 6398 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6399 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6400 Changed = true; 6401 } 6402 break; 6403 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6404 if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) { 6405 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS, 6406 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6407 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6408 Changed = true; 6409 } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) { 6410 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS, 6411 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6412 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6413 Changed = true; 6414 } 6415 break; 6416 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6417 if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) { 6418 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS, 6419 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6420 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6421 Changed = true; 6422 } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) { 6423 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS, 6424 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6425 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6426 Changed = true; 6427 } 6428 break; 6429 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6430 if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) { 6431 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS, 6432 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6433 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6434 Changed = true; 6435 } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) { 6436 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS, 6437 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6438 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6439 Changed = true; 6440 } 6441 break; 6442 default: 6443 break; 6444 } 6445 6446 // TODO: More simplifications are possible here. 6447 6448 // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing 6449 // changes. 6450 if (Changed) 6451 return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1); 6452 6453 return Changed; 6454 6455 trivially_true: 6456 // Return 0 == 0. 6457 LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext())); 6458 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6459 return true; 6460 6461 trivially_false: 6462 // Return 0 != 0. 6463 LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext())); 6464 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6465 return true; 6466 } 6467 6468 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) { 6469 return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isNegative(); 6470 } 6471 6472 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) { 6473 return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isStrictlyPositive(); 6474 } 6475 6476 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) { 6477 return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isNegative(); 6478 } 6479 6480 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) { 6481 return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isStrictlyPositive(); 6482 } 6483 6484 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) { 6485 return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S); 6486 } 6487 6488 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6489 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6490 // Canonicalize the inputs first. 6491 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS); 6492 6493 // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in 6494 // every iteration of the loop. 6495 // If LHS and RHS are both addrec, both conditions must be true in 6496 // every iteration of the loop. 6497 const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 6498 const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS); 6499 bool LeftGuarded = false; 6500 bool RightGuarded = false; 6501 if (LAR) { 6502 const Loop *L = LAR->getLoop(); 6503 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getStart(), RHS) && 6504 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS)) { 6505 if (!RAR) return true; 6506 LeftGuarded = true; 6507 } 6508 } 6509 if (RAR) { 6510 const Loop *L = RAR->getLoop(); 6511 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getStart()) && 6512 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this))) { 6513 if (!LAR) return true; 6514 RightGuarded = true; 6515 } 6516 } 6517 if (LeftGuarded && RightGuarded) 6518 return true; 6519 6520 // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges. 6521 return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS); 6522 } 6523 6524 bool 6525 ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6526 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6527 if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) 6528 return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred); 6529 6530 // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from 6531 // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond. 6532 switch (Pred) { 6533 default: 6534 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 6535 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6536 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6537 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: { 6538 ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS); 6539 ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS); 6540 if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().slt(RHSRange.getSignedMin())) 6541 return true; 6542 if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sge(RHSRange.getSignedMax())) 6543 return false; 6544 break; 6545 } 6546 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6547 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6548 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { 6549 ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS); 6550 ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS); 6551 if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().sle(RHSRange.getSignedMin())) 6552 return true; 6553 if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sgt(RHSRange.getSignedMax())) 6554 return false; 6555 break; 6556 } 6557 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6558 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6559 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { 6560 ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS); 6561 ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS); 6562 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ult(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin())) 6563 return true; 6564 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().uge(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax())) 6565 return false; 6566 break; 6567 } 6568 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6569 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6570 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: { 6571 ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS); 6572 ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS); 6573 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ule(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin())) 6574 return true; 6575 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().ugt(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax())) 6576 return false; 6577 break; 6578 } 6579 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: { 6580 if (getUnsignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getUnsignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet()) 6581 return true; 6582 if (getSignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getSignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet()) 6583 return true; 6584 6585 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS); 6586 if (isKnownNonZero(Diff)) 6587 return true; 6588 break; 6589 } 6590 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 6591 // The check at the top of the function catches the case where 6592 // the values are known to be equal. 6593 break; 6594 } 6595 return false; 6596 } 6597 6598 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is 6599 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS. This is used to 6600 /// to eliminate casts. 6601 bool 6602 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L, 6603 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6604 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6605 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard 6606 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). 6607 if (!L) return true; 6608 6609 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true; 6610 6611 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); 6612 if (!Latch) 6613 return false; 6614 6615 BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate = 6616 dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator()); 6617 if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() && 6618 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6619 LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(), 6620 LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader())) 6621 return true; 6622 6623 // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics. 6624 for (auto &AssumeVH : AC->assumptions()) { 6625 if (!AssumeVH) 6626 continue; 6627 auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH); 6628 if (!DT->dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator())) 6629 continue; 6630 6631 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false)) 6632 return true; 6633 } 6634 6635 return false; 6636 } 6637 6638 /// isLoopEntryGuardedByCond - Test whether entry to the loop is protected 6639 /// by a conditional between LHS and RHS. This is used to help avoid max 6640 /// expressions in loop trip counts, and to eliminate casts. 6641 bool 6642 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L, 6643 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6644 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6645 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard 6646 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). 6647 if (!L) return false; 6648 6649 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true; 6650 6651 // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long 6652 // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors 6653 // leading to the original header. 6654 for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> 6655 Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()); 6656 Pair.first; 6657 Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) { 6658 6659 BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate = 6660 dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator()); 6661 if (!LoopEntryPredicate || 6662 LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional()) 6663 continue; 6664 6665 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6666 LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(), 6667 LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second)) 6668 return true; 6669 } 6670 6671 // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics. 6672 for (auto &AssumeVH : AC->assumptions()) { 6673 if (!AssumeVH) 6674 continue; 6675 auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH); 6676 if (!DT->dominates(CI, L->getHeader())) 6677 continue; 6678 6679 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false)) 6680 return true; 6681 } 6682 6683 return false; 6684 } 6685 6686 /// RAII wrapper to prevent recursive application of isImpliedCond. 6687 /// ScalarEvolution's PendingLoopPredicates set must be empty unless we are 6688 /// currently evaluating isImpliedCond. 6689 struct MarkPendingLoopPredicate { 6690 Value *Cond; 6691 DenseSet<Value*> &LoopPreds; 6692 bool Pending; 6693 6694 MarkPendingLoopPredicate(Value *C, DenseSet<Value*> &LP) 6695 : Cond(C), LoopPreds(LP) { 6696 Pending = !LoopPreds.insert(Cond).second; 6697 } 6698 ~MarkPendingLoopPredicate() { 6699 if (!Pending) 6700 LoopPreds.erase(Cond); 6701 } 6702 }; 6703 6704 /// isImpliedCond - Test whether the condition described by Pred, LHS, 6705 /// and RHS is true whenever the given Cond value evaluates to true. 6706 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6707 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6708 Value *FoundCondValue, 6709 bool Inverse) { 6710 MarkPendingLoopPredicate Mark(FoundCondValue, PendingLoopPredicates); 6711 if (Mark.Pending) 6712 return false; 6713 6714 // Recursively handle And and Or conditions. 6715 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) { 6716 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { 6717 if (!Inverse) 6718 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) || 6719 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse); 6720 } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { 6721 if (Inverse) 6722 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) || 6723 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse); 6724 } 6725 } 6726 6727 ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue); 6728 if (!ICI) return false; 6729 6730 // Bail if the ICmp's operands' types are wider than the needed type 6731 // before attempting to call getSCEV on them. This avoids infinite 6732 // recursion, since the analysis of widening casts can require loop 6733 // exit condition information for overflow checking, which would 6734 // lead back here. 6735 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) < 6736 getTypeSizeInBits(ICI->getOperand(0)->getType())) 6737 return false; 6738 6739 // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls 6740 // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for. 6741 ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred; 6742 if (Inverse) 6743 FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate(); 6744 else 6745 FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate(); 6746 6747 const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0)); 6748 const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1)); 6749 6750 // Balance the types. The case where FoundLHS' type is wider than 6751 // LHS' type is checked for above. 6752 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > 6753 getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) { 6754 if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) { 6755 FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType()); 6756 FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType()); 6757 } else { 6758 FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType()); 6759 FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType()); 6760 } 6761 } 6762 6763 // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have 6764 // canonicalized the comparison. 6765 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS)) 6766 if (LHS == RHS) 6767 return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred); 6768 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 6769 if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS) 6770 return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred); 6771 6772 // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match. 6773 if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) { 6774 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 6775 std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 6776 FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred); 6777 } else { 6778 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6779 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 6780 } 6781 } 6782 6783 // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate. 6784 if (FoundPred == Pred) 6785 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 6786 6787 // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the 6788 // desired predicate. 6789 if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) { 6790 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) 6791 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS); 6792 else 6793 return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), 6794 RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 6795 } 6796 6797 // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges. 6798 if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && 6799 (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) { 6800 6801 const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr; 6802 const SCEV *V = nullptr; 6803 6804 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) { 6805 C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS); 6806 V = FoundRHS; 6807 } else { 6808 C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS); 6809 V = FoundLHS; 6810 } 6811 6812 // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range 6813 // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t). The 6814 // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the 6815 // predicate we're interested in folding. 6816 6817 APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ? 6818 getSignedRange(V).getSignedMin() : getUnsignedRange(V).getUnsignedMin(); 6819 6820 if (Min == C->getValue()->getValue()) { 6821 // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1). 6822 // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of 6823 // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)). 6824 6825 APInt SharperMin = Min + 1; 6826 6827 switch (Pred) { 6828 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6829 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6830 // We know V `Pred` SharperMin. If this implies LHS `Pred` 6831 // RHS, we're done. 6832 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, 6833 getConstant(SharperMin))) 6834 return true; 6835 6836 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6837 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6838 // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min || 6839 // V == Min). We know from the guarding condition that !(V 6840 // == Min). This gives us 6841 // 6842 // V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min) 6843 // => V `Pred` Min 6844 // 6845 // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done. 6846 6847 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min))) 6848 return true; 6849 6850 default: 6851 // No change 6852 break; 6853 } 6854 } 6855 } 6856 6857 // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient. 6858 if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) 6859 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred)) 6860 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 6861 return true; 6862 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) 6863 if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred)) 6864 if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 6865 return true; 6866 6867 // Otherwise assume the worst. 6868 return false; 6869 } 6870 6871 /// isImpliedCondOperands - Test whether the condition described by Pred, 6872 /// LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, FoundLHS, 6873 /// and FoundRHS is true. 6874 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6875 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6876 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 6877 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 6878 return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6879 FoundLHS, FoundRHS) || 6880 // ~x < ~y --> x > y 6881 isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6882 getNotSCEV(FoundRHS), 6883 getNotSCEV(FoundLHS)); 6884 } 6885 6886 6887 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr 6888 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) { 6889 const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr); 6890 if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr; 6891 6892 const SCEVConstant *AddLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0)); 6893 if (!(AddLHS && AddLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue())) 6894 return nullptr; 6895 6896 const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1)); 6897 if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr; 6898 6899 const SCEVConstant *MulLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRHS->getOperand(0)); 6900 if (!(MulLHS && MulLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue())) 6901 return nullptr; 6902 6903 return AddRHS->getOperand(1); 6904 } 6905 6906 6907 /// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values? 6908 template<typename MaxExprType> 6909 static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr, 6910 const SCEV *Candidate) { 6911 const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr); 6912 if (!MaxExpr) return false; 6913 6914 auto It = std::find(MaxExpr->op_begin(), MaxExpr->op_end(), Candidate); 6915 return It != MaxExpr->op_end(); 6916 } 6917 6918 6919 /// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values? 6920 template<typename MaxExprType> 6921 static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE, 6922 const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr, 6923 const SCEV *Candidate) { 6924 const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr); 6925 if (!MaybeMaxExpr) 6926 return false; 6927 6928 return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate)); 6929 } 6930 6931 6932 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max 6933 /// expression? 6934 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE, 6935 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6936 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6937 switch (Pred) { 6938 default: 6939 return false; 6940 6941 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6942 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6943 // fall through 6944 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6945 return 6946 // min(A, ...) <= A 6947 IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) || 6948 // A <= max(A, ...) 6949 IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS); 6950 6951 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6952 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6953 // fall through 6954 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6955 return 6956 // min(A, ...) <= A 6957 IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) || 6958 // A <= max(A, ...) 6959 IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS); 6960 } 6961 6962 llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!"); 6963 } 6964 6965 /// isImpliedCondOperandsHelper - Test whether the condition described by 6966 /// Pred, LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, 6967 /// FoundLHS, and FoundRHS is true. 6968 bool 6969 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6970 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6971 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 6972 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 6973 auto IsKnownPredicateFull = 6974 [this](ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6975 return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) || 6976 IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS); 6977 }; 6978 6979 switch (Pred) { 6980 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 6981 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 6982 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 6983 if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS)) 6984 return true; 6985 break; 6986 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 6987 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6988 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 6989 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 6990 return true; 6991 break; 6992 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6993 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6994 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 6995 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 6996 return true; 6997 break; 6998 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 6999 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 7000 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 7001 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 7002 return true; 7003 break; 7004 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 7005 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 7006 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 7007 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 7008 return true; 7009 break; 7010 } 7011 7012 return false; 7013 } 7014 7015 // Verify if an linear IV with positive stride can overflow when in a 7016 // less-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, the 7017 // stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence. 7018 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride, 7019 bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) { 7020 if (NoWrap) return false; 7021 7022 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()); 7023 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1); 7024 7025 if (IsSigned) { 7026 APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(); 7027 APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); 7028 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7029 .getSignedMax(); 7030 7031 // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow! 7032 return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS); 7033 } 7034 7035 APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(); 7036 APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth); 7037 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7038 .getUnsignedMax(); 7039 7040 // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow! 7041 return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS); 7042 } 7043 7044 // Verify if an linear IV with negative stride can overflow when in a 7045 // greater-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, 7046 // the stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence. 7047 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride, 7048 bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) { 7049 if (NoWrap) return false; 7050 7051 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()); 7052 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1); 7053 7054 if (IsSigned) { 7055 APInt MinRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(); 7056 APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth); 7057 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7058 .getSignedMax(); 7059 7060 // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow! 7061 return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS); 7062 } 7063 7064 APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(); 7065 APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth); 7066 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7067 .getUnsignedMax(); 7068 7069 // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow! 7070 return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS); 7071 } 7072 7073 // Compute the backedge taken count knowing the interval difference, the 7074 // stride and presence of the equality in the comparison. 7075 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step, 7076 bool Equality) { 7077 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Step->getType(), 1); 7078 Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step) 7079 : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One)); 7080 return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step); 7081 } 7082 7083 /// HowManyLessThans - Return the number of times a backedge containing the 7084 /// specified less-than comparison will execute. If not computable, return 7085 /// CouldNotCompute. 7086 /// 7087 /// @param ControlsExit is true when the LHS < RHS condition directly controls 7088 /// the branch (loops exits only if condition is true). In this case, we can use 7089 /// NoWrapFlags to skip overflow checks. 7090 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 7091 ScalarEvolution::HowManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 7092 const Loop *L, bool IsSigned, 7093 bool ControlsExit) { 7094 // We handle only IV < Invariant 7095 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) 7096 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7097 7098 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 7099 7100 // Avoid weird loops 7101 if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine()) 7102 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7103 7104 bool NoWrap = ControlsExit && 7105 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW); 7106 7107 const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this); 7108 7109 // Avoid negative or zero stride values 7110 if (!isKnownPositive(Stride)) 7111 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7112 7113 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count 7114 // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions 7115 // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined 7116 // behaviors like the case of C language. 7117 if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap)) 7118 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7119 7120 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT 7121 : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 7122 const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart(); 7123 const SCEV *End = RHS; 7124 if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS)) { 7125 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start); 7126 // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't 7127 // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to 7128 // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically 7129 if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) { 7130 APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue(); 7131 if (D.isNegative()) 7132 End = Start; 7133 } else 7134 End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) 7135 : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start); 7136 } 7137 7138 const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false); 7139 7140 APInt MinStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMin() 7141 : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMin(); 7142 7143 APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin() 7144 : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin(); 7145 7146 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()); 7147 APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1) 7148 : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1); 7149 7150 // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only 7151 // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (End - Start) 7152 // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count. 7153 APInt MaxEnd = 7154 IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(), Limit) 7155 : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(), Limit); 7156 7157 const SCEV *MaxBECount; 7158 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) 7159 MaxBECount = BECount; 7160 else 7161 MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart), 7162 getConstant(MinStride), false); 7163 7164 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) 7165 MaxBECount = BECount; 7166 7167 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 7168 } 7169 7170 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 7171 ScalarEvolution::HowManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 7172 const Loop *L, bool IsSigned, 7173 bool ControlsExit) { 7174 // We handle only IV > Invariant 7175 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) 7176 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7177 7178 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 7179 7180 // Avoid weird loops 7181 if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine()) 7182 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7183 7184 bool NoWrap = ControlsExit && 7185 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW); 7186 7187 const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this)); 7188 7189 // Avoid negative or zero stride values 7190 if (!isKnownPositive(Stride)) 7191 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7192 7193 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count 7194 // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions 7195 // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined 7196 // behaviors like the case of C language. 7197 if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap)) 7198 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7199 7200 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT 7201 : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 7202 7203 const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart(); 7204 const SCEV *End = RHS; 7205 if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS)) { 7206 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start); 7207 // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't 7208 // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to 7209 // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically 7210 if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) { 7211 APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue(); 7212 if (!D.isNegative()) 7213 End = Start; 7214 } else 7215 End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) 7216 : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start); 7217 } 7218 7219 const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false); 7220 7221 APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMax() 7222 : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMax(); 7223 7224 APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin() 7225 : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin(); 7226 7227 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()); 7228 APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1) 7229 : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1); 7230 7231 // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only 7232 // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End) 7233 // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count. 7234 APInt MinEnd = 7235 IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(), Limit) 7236 : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(), Limit); 7237 7238 7239 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 7240 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) 7241 MaxBECount = BECount; 7242 else 7243 MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd), 7244 getConstant(MinStride), false); 7245 7246 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) 7247 MaxBECount = BECount; 7248 7249 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 7250 } 7251 7252 /// getNumIterationsInRange - Return the number of iterations of this loop that 7253 /// produce values in the specified constant range. Another way of looking at 7254 /// this is that it returns the first iteration number where the value is not in 7255 /// the condition, thus computing the exit count. If the iteration count can't 7256 /// be computed, an instance of SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned. 7257 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(ConstantRange Range, 7258 ScalarEvolution &SE) const { 7259 if (Range.isFullSet()) // Infinite loop. 7260 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 7261 7262 // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things. 7263 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart())) 7264 if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) { 7265 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end()); 7266 Operands[0] = SE.getConstant(SC->getType(), 0); 7267 const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(), 7268 getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW)); 7269 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *ShiftedAddRec = 7270 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted)) 7271 return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange( 7272 Range.subtract(SC->getValue()->getValue()), SE); 7273 // This is strange and shouldn't happen. 7274 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 7275 } 7276 7277 // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices. 7278 // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions. 7279 for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 7280 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(i))) 7281 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 7282 7283 7284 // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and 7285 // that the start element is zero. 7286 7287 // First check to see if the range contains zero. If not, the first 7288 // iteration exits. 7289 unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType()); 7290 if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0))) 7291 return SE.getConstant(getType(), 0); 7292 7293 if (isAffine()) { 7294 // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation: 7295 // Solve {0,+,A} in Range === Ax in Range 7296 7297 // We know that zero is in the range. If A is positive then we know that 7298 // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value. 7299 // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop 7300 // value. Also note that we already checked for a full range. 7301 APInt One(BitWidth,1); 7302 APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getValue()->getValue(); 7303 APInt End = A.sge(One) ? (Range.getUpper() - One) : Range.getLower(); 7304 7305 // The exit value should be (End+A)/A. 7306 APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A); 7307 ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal); 7308 7309 // Evaluate at the exit value. If we really did fall out of the valid 7310 // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other 7311 // things must have happened. 7312 ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE); 7313 if (Range.contains(Val->getValue())) 7314 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 7315 7316 // Ensure that the previous value is in the range. This is a sanity check. 7317 assert(Range.contains( 7318 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, 7319 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - One), SE)->getValue()) && 7320 "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!"); 7321 return SE.getConstant(ExitValue); 7322 } else if (isQuadratic()) { 7323 // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the 7324 // quadratic equation to solve it. To do this, we must frame our problem in 7325 // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when 7326 // Range.getUpper() is crossed. 7327 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end()); 7328 NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper())); 7329 const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(), 7330 // getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) 7331 FlagAnyWrap); 7332 7333 // Next, solve the constructed addrec 7334 std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots = 7335 SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE); 7336 const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first); 7337 const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second); 7338 if (R1) { 7339 // Pick the smallest positive root value. 7340 if (ConstantInt *CB = 7341 dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 7342 R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) { 7343 if (CB->getZExtValue() == false) 7344 std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now. 7345 7346 // Make sure the root is not off by one. The returned iteration should 7347 // not be in the range, but the previous one should be. When solving 7348 // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2. 7349 ConstantInt *R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, 7350 R1->getValue(), 7351 SE); 7352 if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) { 7353 // The next iteration must be out of the range... 7354 ConstantInt *NextVal = 7355 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()+1); 7356 7357 R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE); 7358 if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) 7359 return SE.getConstant(NextVal); 7360 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 7361 } 7362 7363 // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value. Make 7364 // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case. 7365 ConstantInt *NextVal = 7366 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()-1); 7367 R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE); 7368 if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) 7369 return R1; 7370 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 7371 } 7372 } 7373 } 7374 7375 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 7376 } 7377 7378 namespace { 7379 struct FindUndefs { 7380 bool Found; 7381 FindUndefs() : Found(false) {} 7382 7383 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 7384 if (const SCEVUnknown *C = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 7385 if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue())) 7386 Found = true; 7387 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) { 7388 if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue())) 7389 Found = true; 7390 } 7391 7392 // Keep looking if we haven't found it yet. 7393 return !Found; 7394 } 7395 bool isDone() const { 7396 // Stop recursion if we have found an undef. 7397 return Found; 7398 } 7399 }; 7400 } 7401 7402 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value. 7403 static inline bool 7404 containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) { 7405 FindUndefs F; 7406 SCEVTraversal<FindUndefs> ST(F); 7407 ST.visitAll(S); 7408 7409 return F.Found; 7410 } 7411 7412 namespace { 7413 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions. 7414 struct SCEVCollectStrides { 7415 ScalarEvolution &SE; 7416 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides; 7417 7418 SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S) 7419 : SE(SE), Strides(S) {} 7420 7421 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 7422 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) 7423 Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)); 7424 return true; 7425 } 7426 bool isDone() const { return false; } 7427 }; 7428 7429 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions. 7430 struct SCEVCollectTerms { 7431 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms; 7432 7433 SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T) 7434 : Terms(T) {} 7435 7436 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 7437 if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 7438 if (!containsUndefs(S)) 7439 Terms.push_back(S); 7440 7441 // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands. 7442 return false; 7443 } 7444 7445 // Keep looking. 7446 return true; 7447 } 7448 bool isDone() const { return false; } 7449 }; 7450 } 7451 7452 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr. 7453 void SCEVAddRecExpr::collectParametricTerms( 7454 ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) const { 7455 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides; 7456 SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(SE, Strides); 7457 visitAll(this, StrideCollector); 7458 7459 DEBUG({ 7460 dbgs() << "Strides:\n"; 7461 for (const SCEV *S : Strides) 7462 dbgs() << *S << "\n"; 7463 }); 7464 7465 for (const SCEV *S : Strides) { 7466 SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms); 7467 visitAll(S, TermCollector); 7468 } 7469 7470 DEBUG({ 7471 dbgs() << "Terms:\n"; 7472 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 7473 dbgs() << *T << "\n"; 7474 }); 7475 } 7476 7477 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE, 7478 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms, 7479 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) { 7480 int Last = Terms.size() - 1; 7481 const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last]; 7482 7483 // End of recursion. 7484 if (Last == 0) { 7485 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) { 7486 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs; 7487 for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands()) 7488 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 7489 Qs.push_back(Op); 7490 7491 Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs); 7492 } 7493 7494 Sizes.push_back(Step); 7495 return true; 7496 } 7497 7498 for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) { 7499 // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec. 7500 const SCEV *Q, *R; 7501 SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R); 7502 7503 // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms. 7504 if (!R->isZero()) 7505 return false; 7506 7507 Term = Q; 7508 } 7509 7510 // Remove all SCEVConstants. 7511 Terms.erase(std::remove_if(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *E) { 7512 return isa<SCEVConstant>(E); 7513 }), 7514 Terms.end()); 7515 7516 if (Terms.size() > 0) 7517 if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes)) 7518 return false; 7519 7520 Sizes.push_back(Step); 7521 return true; 7522 } 7523 7524 namespace { 7525 struct FindParameter { 7526 bool FoundParameter; 7527 FindParameter() : FoundParameter(false) {} 7528 7529 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 7530 if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 7531 FoundParameter = true; 7532 // Stop recursion: we found a parameter. 7533 return false; 7534 } 7535 // Keep looking. 7536 return true; 7537 } 7538 bool isDone() const { 7539 // Stop recursion if we have found a parameter. 7540 return FoundParameter; 7541 } 7542 }; 7543 } 7544 7545 // Returns true when S contains at least a SCEVUnknown parameter. 7546 static inline bool 7547 containsParameters(const SCEV *S) { 7548 FindParameter F; 7549 SCEVTraversal<FindParameter> ST(F); 7550 ST.visitAll(S); 7551 7552 return F.FoundParameter; 7553 } 7554 7555 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter. 7556 static inline bool 7557 containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) { 7558 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 7559 if (containsParameters(T)) 7560 return true; 7561 return false; 7562 } 7563 7564 // Return the number of product terms in S. 7565 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) { 7566 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) 7567 return Expr->getNumOperands(); 7568 return 1; 7569 } 7570 7571 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) { 7572 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T)) 7573 return nullptr; 7574 7575 if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T)) 7576 return T; 7577 7578 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) { 7579 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors; 7580 for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands()) 7581 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 7582 Factors.push_back(Op); 7583 7584 return SE.getMulExpr(Factors); 7585 } 7586 7587 return T; 7588 } 7589 7590 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst. 7591 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) { 7592 Type *Ty; 7593 if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) 7594 Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType(); 7595 else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst)) 7596 Ty = Load->getType(); 7597 else 7598 return nullptr; 7599 7600 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty)); 7601 return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty); 7602 } 7603 7604 /// Second step of delinearization: compute the array dimensions Sizes from the 7605 /// set of Terms extracted from the memory access function of this SCEVAddRec. 7606 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms, 7607 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes, 7608 const SCEV *ElementSize) const { 7609 7610 if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize) 7611 return; 7612 7613 // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize 7614 // non parametric SCEVs. 7615 if (!containsParameters(Terms)) 7616 return; 7617 7618 DEBUG({ 7619 dbgs() << "Terms:\n"; 7620 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 7621 dbgs() << *T << "\n"; 7622 }); 7623 7624 // Remove duplicates. 7625 std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()); 7626 Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end()); 7627 7628 // Put larger terms first. 7629 std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 7630 return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS); 7631 }); 7632 7633 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 7634 7635 // Divide all terms by the element size. 7636 for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) { 7637 const SCEV *Q, *R; 7638 SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R); 7639 Term = Q; 7640 } 7641 7642 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms; 7643 7644 // Remove constant factors. 7645 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 7646 if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(SE, T)) 7647 NewTerms.push_back(NewT); 7648 7649 DEBUG({ 7650 dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n"; 7651 for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms) 7652 dbgs() << *T << "\n"; 7653 }); 7654 7655 if (NewTerms.empty() || 7656 !findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, NewTerms, Sizes)) { 7657 Sizes.clear(); 7658 return; 7659 } 7660 7661 // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element. 7662 Sizes.push_back(ElementSize); 7663 7664 DEBUG({ 7665 dbgs() << "Sizes:\n"; 7666 for (const SCEV *S : Sizes) 7667 dbgs() << *S << "\n"; 7668 }); 7669 } 7670 7671 /// Third step of delinearization: compute the access functions for the 7672 /// Subscripts based on the dimensions in Sizes. 7673 void SCEVAddRecExpr::computeAccessFunctions( 7674 ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts, 7675 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) const { 7676 7677 // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function. 7678 if (Sizes.empty() || !this->isAffine()) 7679 return; 7680 7681 const SCEV *Res = this; 7682 int Last = Sizes.size() - 1; 7683 for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) { 7684 const SCEV *Q, *R; 7685 SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R); 7686 7687 DEBUG({ 7688 dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n"; 7689 dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n"; 7690 dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n"; 7691 dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n"; 7692 dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n"; 7693 }); 7694 7695 Res = Q; 7696 7697 // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in 7698 // the array. 7699 if (i == Last) { 7700 7701 // Bail out if the remainder is too complex. 7702 if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) { 7703 Subscripts.clear(); 7704 Sizes.clear(); 7705 return; 7706 } 7707 7708 continue; 7709 } 7710 7711 // Record the access function for the current subscript. 7712 Subscripts.push_back(R); 7713 } 7714 7715 // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be 7716 // the access function of the innermost dimension. 7717 Subscripts.push_back(Res); 7718 7719 std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end()); 7720 7721 DEBUG({ 7722 dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n"; 7723 for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts) 7724 dbgs() << *S << "\n"; 7725 }); 7726 } 7727 7728 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and 7729 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that 7730 /// is the offset start of the array. The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes 7731 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub 7732 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the 7733 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride. When 7734 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged. 7735 /// 7736 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest 7737 /// 7738 /// void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) { 7739 /// 7740 /// for (long i = 0; i < n; i++) 7741 /// for (long j = 0; j < m; j++) 7742 /// for (long k = 0; k < o; k++) 7743 /// A[i][j][k] = 1.0; 7744 /// } 7745 /// 7746 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV: 7747 /// 7748 /// AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k> 7749 /// 7750 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A 7751 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in 7752 /// the loops: 7753 /// 7754 /// CHECK: Base offset: %A 7755 /// 7756 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of 7757 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening: 7758 /// 7759 /// CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes. 7760 /// 7761 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are 7762 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when 7763 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that 7764 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known 7765 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8. 7766 /// 7767 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference 7768 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase: 7769 /// 7770 /// CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>] 7771 /// 7772 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass: 7773 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function 7774 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing 7775 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results. 7776 7777 void SCEVAddRecExpr::delinearize(ScalarEvolution &SE, 7778 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts, 7779 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes, 7780 const SCEV *ElementSize) const { 7781 // First step: collect parametric terms. 7782 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms; 7783 collectParametricTerms(SE, Terms); 7784 7785 if (Terms.empty()) 7786 return; 7787 7788 // Second step: find subscript sizes. 7789 SE.findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize); 7790 7791 if (Sizes.empty()) 7792 return; 7793 7794 // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript. 7795 computeAccessFunctions(SE, Subscripts, Sizes); 7796 7797 if (Subscripts.empty()) 7798 return; 7799 7800 DEBUG({ 7801 dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *this << "\n"; 7802 dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]"; 7803 for (const SCEV *S : Sizes) 7804 dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]"; 7805 7806 dbgs() << "\nArrayRef"; 7807 for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts) 7808 dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]"; 7809 dbgs() << "\n"; 7810 }); 7811 } 7812 7813 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7814 // SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation 7815 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7816 7817 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() { 7818 assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!"); 7819 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr())) 7820 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 7821 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(getValPtr()); 7822 // this now dangles! 7823 } 7824 7825 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) { 7826 assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!"); 7827 7828 // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value, 7829 // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new 7830 // value. 7831 Value *Old = getValPtr(); 7832 SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end()); 7833 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited; 7834 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 7835 User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 7836 // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone 7837 // that until everything else is done. 7838 if (U == Old) 7839 continue; 7840 if (!Visited.insert(U).second) 7841 continue; 7842 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U)) 7843 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 7844 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(U); 7845 Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end()); 7846 } 7847 // Delete the Old value. 7848 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old)) 7849 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 7850 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(Old); 7851 // this now dangles! 7852 } 7853 7854 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se) 7855 : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {} 7856 7857 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7858 // ScalarEvolution Class Implementation 7859 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7860 7861 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution() 7862 : FunctionPass(ID), ValuesAtScopes(64), LoopDispositions(64), 7863 BlockDispositions(64), FirstUnknown(nullptr) { 7864 initializeScalarEvolutionPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); 7865 } 7866 7867 bool ScalarEvolution::runOnFunction(Function &F) { 7868 this->F = &F; 7869 AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F); 7870 LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo(); 7871 DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); 7872 DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; 7873 TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(); 7874 DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); 7875 return false; 7876 } 7877 7878 void ScalarEvolution::releaseMemory() { 7879 // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their 7880 // destructors, so that they release their references to their values. 7881 for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U; U = U->Next) 7882 U->~SCEVUnknown(); 7883 FirstUnknown = nullptr; 7884 7885 ValueExprMap.clear(); 7886 7887 // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event 7888 // that a loop had multiple computable exits. 7889 for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I = 7890 BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); 7891 I != E; ++I) { 7892 I->second.clear(); 7893 } 7894 7895 assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage"); 7896 7897 BackedgeTakenCounts.clear(); 7898 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.clear(); 7899 ValuesAtScopes.clear(); 7900 LoopDispositions.clear(); 7901 BlockDispositions.clear(); 7902 UnsignedRanges.clear(); 7903 SignedRanges.clear(); 7904 UniqueSCEVs.clear(); 7905 SCEVAllocator.Reset(); 7906 } 7907 7908 void ScalarEvolution::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { 7909 AU.setPreservesAll(); 7910 AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>(); 7911 AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>(); 7912 AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); 7913 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>(); 7914 } 7915 7916 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 7917 return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L)); 7918 } 7919 7920 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE, 7921 const Loop *L) { 7922 // Print all inner loops first 7923 for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I) 7924 PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, *I); 7925 7926 OS << "Loop "; 7927 L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7928 OS << ": "; 7929 7930 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks; 7931 L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks); 7932 if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1) 7933 OS << "<multiple exits> "; 7934 7935 if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) { 7936 OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L); 7937 } else { 7938 OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. "; 7939 } 7940 7941 OS << "\n" 7942 "Loop "; 7943 L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7944 OS << ": "; 7945 7946 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) { 7947 OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 7948 } else { 7949 OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. "; 7950 } 7951 7952 OS << "\n"; 7953 } 7954 7955 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const { 7956 // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print 7957 // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing 7958 // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though, 7959 // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't 7960 // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the 7961 // const isn't dangerous. 7962 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 7963 7964 OS << "Classifying expressions for: "; 7965 F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7966 OS << "\n"; 7967 for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(F), E = inst_end(F); I != E; ++I) 7968 if (isSCEVable(I->getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(*I)) { 7969 OS << *I << '\n'; 7970 OS << " --> "; 7971 const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&*I); 7972 SV->print(OS); 7973 7974 const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor((*I).getParent()); 7975 7976 const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L); 7977 if (AtUse != SV) { 7978 OS << " --> "; 7979 AtUse->print(OS); 7980 } 7981 7982 if (L) { 7983 OS << "\t\t" "Exits: "; 7984 const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop()); 7985 if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) { 7986 OS << "<<Unknown>>"; 7987 } else { 7988 OS << *ExitValue; 7989 } 7990 } 7991 7992 OS << "\n"; 7993 } 7994 7995 OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: "; 7996 F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7997 OS << "\n"; 7998 for (LoopInfo::iterator I = LI->begin(), E = LI->end(); I != E; ++I) 7999 PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, *I); 8000 } 8001 8002 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition 8003 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8004 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, LoopDisposition>, 2> &Values = LoopDispositions[S]; 8005 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 8006 if (Values[u].first == L) 8007 return Values[u].second; 8008 } 8009 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, LoopVariant)); 8010 LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L); 8011 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, LoopDisposition>, 2> &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S]; 8012 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 8013 if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) { 8014 Values2[u - 1].second = D; 8015 break; 8016 } 8017 } 8018 return D; 8019 } 8020 8021 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition 8022 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8023 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) { 8024 case scConstant: 8025 return LoopInvariant; 8026 case scTruncate: 8027 case scZeroExtend: 8028 case scSignExtend: 8029 return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L); 8030 case scAddRecExpr: { 8031 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); 8032 8033 // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable. 8034 if (AR->getLoop() == L) 8035 return LoopComputable; 8036 8037 // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop). 8038 if (!L) 8039 return LoopVariant; 8040 8041 // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if L contains AR's loop. 8042 if (L->contains(AR->getLoop())) 8043 return LoopVariant; 8044 8045 // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L. 8046 if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L)) 8047 return LoopInvariant; 8048 8049 // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands 8050 // are variant. 8051 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AR->op_begin(), E = AR->op_end(); 8052 I != E; ++I) 8053 if (!isLoopInvariant(*I, L)) 8054 return LoopVariant; 8055 8056 // Otherwise it's loop-invariant. 8057 return LoopInvariant; 8058 } 8059 case scAddExpr: 8060 case scMulExpr: 8061 case scUMaxExpr: 8062 case scSMaxExpr: { 8063 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S); 8064 bool HasVarying = false; 8065 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 8066 I != E; ++I) { 8067 LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(*I, L); 8068 if (D == LoopVariant) 8069 return LoopVariant; 8070 if (D == LoopComputable) 8071 HasVarying = true; 8072 } 8073 return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant; 8074 } 8075 case scUDivExpr: { 8076 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S); 8077 LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L); 8078 if (LD == LoopVariant) 8079 return LoopVariant; 8080 LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L); 8081 if (RD == LoopVariant) 8082 return LoopVariant; 8083 return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ? 8084 LoopInvariant : LoopComputable; 8085 } 8086 case scUnknown: 8087 // All non-instruction values are loop invariant. All instructions are loop 8088 // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop. 8089 // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body 8090 // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop". 8091 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) 8092 return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant; 8093 return LoopInvariant; 8094 case scCouldNotCompute: 8095 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 8096 } 8097 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 8098 } 8099 8100 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8101 return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant; 8102 } 8103 8104 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8105 return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable; 8106 } 8107 8108 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition 8109 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 8110 SmallVector<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, BlockDisposition>, 2> &Values = BlockDispositions[S]; 8111 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 8112 if (Values[u].first == BB) 8113 return Values[u].second; 8114 } 8115 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock)); 8116 BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB); 8117 SmallVector<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, BlockDisposition>, 2> &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S]; 8118 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 8119 if (Values2[u - 1].first == BB) { 8120 Values2[u - 1].second = D; 8121 break; 8122 } 8123 } 8124 return D; 8125 } 8126 8127 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition 8128 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 8129 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) { 8130 case scConstant: 8131 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 8132 case scTruncate: 8133 case scZeroExtend: 8134 case scSignExtend: 8135 return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB); 8136 case scAddRecExpr: { 8137 // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query 8138 // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which 8139 // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly 8140 // dominates its entire containing block. 8141 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); 8142 if (!DT->dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB)) 8143 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8144 } 8145 // FALL THROUGH into SCEVNAryExpr handling. 8146 case scAddExpr: 8147 case scMulExpr: 8148 case scUMaxExpr: 8149 case scSMaxExpr: { 8150 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S); 8151 bool Proper = true; 8152 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 8153 I != E; ++I) { 8154 BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(*I, BB); 8155 if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock) 8156 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8157 if (D == DominatesBlock) 8158 Proper = false; 8159 } 8160 return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock; 8161 } 8162 case scUDivExpr: { 8163 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S); 8164 const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS(); 8165 BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB); 8166 if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock) 8167 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8168 BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB); 8169 if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock) 8170 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8171 return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ? 8172 ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock; 8173 } 8174 case scUnknown: 8175 if (Instruction *I = 8176 dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) { 8177 if (I->getParent() == BB) 8178 return DominatesBlock; 8179 if (DT->properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB)) 8180 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 8181 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 8182 } 8183 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 8184 case scCouldNotCompute: 8185 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 8186 } 8187 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 8188 } 8189 8190 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 8191 return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock; 8192 } 8193 8194 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 8195 return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock; 8196 } 8197 8198 namespace { 8199 // Search for a SCEV expression node within an expression tree. 8200 // Implements SCEVTraversal::Visitor. 8201 struct SCEVSearch { 8202 const SCEV *Node; 8203 bool IsFound; 8204 8205 SCEVSearch(const SCEV *N): Node(N), IsFound(false) {} 8206 8207 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 8208 IsFound |= (S == Node); 8209 return !IsFound; 8210 } 8211 bool isDone() const { return IsFound; } 8212 }; 8213 } 8214 8215 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const { 8216 SCEVSearch Search(Op); 8217 visitAll(S, Search); 8218 return Search.IsFound; 8219 } 8220 8221 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) { 8222 ValuesAtScopes.erase(S); 8223 LoopDispositions.erase(S); 8224 BlockDispositions.erase(S); 8225 UnsignedRanges.erase(S); 8226 SignedRanges.erase(S); 8227 8228 for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I = 8229 BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); I != E; ) { 8230 BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second; 8231 if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) { 8232 BEInfo.clear(); 8233 BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(I++); 8234 } 8235 else 8236 ++I; 8237 } 8238 } 8239 8240 typedef DenseMap<const Loop *, std::string> VerifyMap; 8241 8242 /// replaceSubString - Replaces all occurrences of From in Str with To. 8243 static void replaceSubString(std::string &Str, StringRef From, StringRef To) { 8244 size_t Pos = 0; 8245 while ((Pos = Str.find(From, Pos)) != std::string::npos) { 8246 Str.replace(Pos, From.size(), To.data(), To.size()); 8247 Pos += To.size(); 8248 } 8249 } 8250 8251 /// getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts - Helper method for verifyAnalysis. 8252 static void 8253 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(Loop *L, VerifyMap &Map, ScalarEvolution &SE) { 8254 for (Loop::reverse_iterator I = L->rbegin(), E = L->rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8255 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, Map, SE); // recurse. 8256 8257 std::string &S = Map[L]; 8258 if (S.empty()) { 8259 raw_string_ostream OS(S); 8260 SE.getBackedgeTakenCount(L)->print(OS); 8261 8262 // false and 0 are semantically equivalent. This can happen in dead loops. 8263 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "false", "0"); 8264 // Remove wrap flags, their use in SCEV is highly fragile. 8265 // FIXME: Remove this when SCEV gets smarter about them. 8266 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nw>", ""); 8267 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nsw>", ""); 8268 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nuw>", ""); 8269 } 8270 } 8271 } 8272 8273 void ScalarEvolution::verifyAnalysis() const { 8274 if (!VerifySCEV) 8275 return; 8276 8277 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 8278 8279 // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops using SCEV's caches. 8280 // FIXME: It would be much better to store actual values instead of strings, 8281 // but SCEV pointers will change if we drop the caches. 8282 VerifyMap BackedgeDumpsOld, BackedgeDumpsNew; 8283 for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I) 8284 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsOld, SE); 8285 8286 // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops without using 8287 // SCEV's caches. 8288 SE.releaseMemory(); 8289 for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I) 8290 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsNew, SE); 8291 8292 // Now compare whether they're the same with and without caches. This allows 8293 // verifying that no pass changed the cache. 8294 assert(BackedgeDumpsOld.size() == BackedgeDumpsNew.size() && 8295 "New loops suddenly appeared!"); 8296 8297 for (VerifyMap::iterator OldI = BackedgeDumpsOld.begin(), 8298 OldE = BackedgeDumpsOld.end(), 8299 NewI = BackedgeDumpsNew.begin(); 8300 OldI != OldE; ++OldI, ++NewI) { 8301 assert(OldI->first == NewI->first && "Loop order changed!"); 8302 8303 // Compare the stringified SCEVs. We don't care if undef backedgetaken count 8304 // changes. 8305 // FIXME: We currently ignore SCEV changes from/to CouldNotCompute. This 8306 // means that a pass is buggy or SCEV has to learn a new pattern but is 8307 // usually not harmful. 8308 if (OldI->second != NewI->second && 8309 OldI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos && 8310 NewI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos && 8311 OldI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***" && 8312 NewI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***") { 8313 dbgs() << "SCEVValidator: SCEV for loop '" 8314 << OldI->first->getHeader()->getName() 8315 << "' changed from '" << OldI->second 8316 << "' to '" << NewI->second << "'!\n"; 8317 std::abort(); 8318 } 8319 } 8320 8321 // TODO: Verify more things. 8322 } 8323